CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
Table of Contents

 
 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004
OR
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 001-16109

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
MARYLAND
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  62-1763875
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

10 BURTON HILLS BLVD., NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE 37215
(Address and zip code of principal executive office)

REGISTRANT’S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (615) 263-3000

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
     
     
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share   New York Stock Exchange

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: NONE

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes þ
No o

The aggregate market value of the shares of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $1,330,276,971 as of June 30, 2004, based on the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange on that day. The number of shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding on March 1, 2005 was 39,093,965.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

     Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on May 10, 2005, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 
 

 


CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
FORM 10-K
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Item No.   Page

PART I
 
       
       
    Overview
    5  
    Operations
    5  
    7  
    13  
    14  
    15  
    16  
    17  
    Insurance
    18  
    Employees
    19  
    Competition
    19  
    19  
    Risk Factors
    20  
    28  
    28  
    30  
 
       

PART II
 
       
    31  
    31  
    31  
    31  
    32  
    35  
    35  
    37  
    39  
    59  
    64  
    65  
    65  
    66  
    66  
    66  
 
       

PART III
 
       
    70  
    70  
    70  
    71  
    71  
 
       

PART IV
 
       
    72  
 
       
       
 EX-10.7 FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THE THIRD AMENDED
 EX-10.8 SIXTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED
 EX-10.17 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 EX-21 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
 EX-23.1 CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 EX-31.1 CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
 EX-31.2 CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO
 EX-32.1 CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
 EX-32.2 CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO

 


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This annual report on Form 10-K contains statements that are forward-looking statements as defined within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations of forecasts of future events. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this annual report, including statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “projects,” “will,” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are based on our current plans and actual future activities, and our results of operations may be materially different from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. In particular these include, among other things, statements relating to:

  •   fluctuations in operating results because of changes in occupancy levels, competition, increases in cost of operations, fluctuations in interest rates and risks of operations;
 
  •   changes in the privatization of the corrections and detention industry and the public acceptance of our services;
 
  •   our ability to obtain and maintain correctional facility management contracts, including as the result of sufficient governmental appropriations, inmate disturbances, and the timing of the opening of new facilities;
 
  •   increases in costs to develop or expand correctional facilities that exceed original estimates, or the inability to complete such projects on schedule as a result of various factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as weather, labor conditions and material shortages, resulting in increased construction costs;
 
  •   changes in government policy and in legislation and regulation of the corrections and detention industry that adversely affect our business;
 
  •   the availability of debt and equity financing on terms that are favorable to us; and
 
  •   general economic and market conditions.

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this annual report may turn out to be inaccurate. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make or by known or unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including the risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Risk Factors.”

In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this annual report may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. When you consider these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these risk factors and other cautionary statements in this annual report, including in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.”

3


Table of Contents

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained in this annual report.

4


Table of Contents

PART I.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

We are the nation’s largest owner and operator of privatized correctional and detention facilities and one of the largest prison operators in the United States behind only the federal government and three states. We currently operate 64 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, including 39 facilities that we own, with a total design capacity of approximately 70,000 beds in 19 states and the District of Columbia. We also own three additional correctional facilities that we lease to third-party operators.

We specialize in owning, operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing inmate residential and prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies. In addition to providing the fundamental residential services relating to inmates, our facilities offer a variety of rehabilitation and educational programs, including basic education, religious services, life skills and employment training and substance abuse treatment. These services are intended to help reduce recidivism and to prepare inmates for their successful reentry into society upon their release. We also provide health care (including medical, dental and psychiatric services), food services and work and recreational programs.

Our website address is www.correctionscorp.com. We make our Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K, and Section 16 reports available on our website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Information contained on our website is not part of this report.

Operations

Management and Operation of Facilities

Our customers consist of federal, state, and local correctional and detention authorities. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, federal correctional and detention authorities represented 37%, 37%, and 33%, respectively, of our total revenue. Federal correctional and detention authorities consist of the Federal Bureau of Prisons, or BOP, the United States Marshals Service, or USMS, and the Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement, or ICE (formerly the Immigration and Naturalization Service, or INS).

Our management services contracts typically have terms of one to five years, and contain multiple renewal options. Most of our facility contracts also contain clauses that allow the government agency to terminate the contract at any time without cause, and our contracts are generally subject to annual or bi-annual legislative appropriation of funds.

We are compensated for operating and managing facilities at an inmate per diem rate based upon actual or minimum guaranteed occupancy levels. Occupancy rates for a particular facility are typically low when first opened or when expansions are first available. However, beyond the start-up period, which typically ranges from 90 to 180 days, the occupancy rate tends to stabilize. For the years 2004, 2003, and 2002, the average compensated occupancy, based on rated capacity, of our facilities was 94.7%, 93.0%, and 89.1%, respectively, for all of the facilities we owned or managed, exclusive of those discontinued. From a capacity perspective, we currently have four facilities, our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center, North Fork Correctional Facility, Crowley County Correctional Facility and Prairie Correctional Facility, that provide us with approximately 5,500 available beds.

5


Table of Contents

On December 23, 2004, we were awarded a new contract from the BOP to house approximately 1,195 federal inmates at the Northeast Ohio Correctional Center. We expect to begin receiving inmates pursuant to this contract during the second quarter of 2005. We also have a facility with approximately 1,500 beds located in Stewart County, Georgia, which is under construction and is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2005.

We are required by our contracts to maintain certain levels of insurance coverage for general liability, workers’ compensation, vehicle liability and property loss or damage. We are also required to indemnify the contracting agencies for claims and costs arising out of our operations and, in certain cases, to maintain performance bonds and other collateral requirements. Approximately 75% of the facilities we operated at December 31, 2004 were accredited by the American Correctional Association Commission on Accreditation. The American Correctional Association, or the ACA, is an independent organization comprised of professionals in the corrections industry that establish standards by which a correctional institution may gain accreditation.

Operating Procedures

Pursuant to the terms of our management contracts, we are responsible for the overall operations of our facilities, including staff recruitment, general administration of the facilities, facility maintenance, security and supervision of the offenders. We also provide a variety of rehabilitative and educational programs at our facilities. Inmates at most facilities we manage may receive basic education through academic programs designed to improve inmate literacy levels and the opportunity to acquire GED certificates. We also offer vocational training to inmates who lack marketable job skills. Our craft vocational training programs are accredited by the National Craft Construction Education and Research. This organization provides training curriculum and establishes industry standards for over 4,000 construction and trade organizations in the United States and to several foreign countries. In addition, we offer life skills transition planning programs that provide inmates with job search skills, health education, financial responsibility training, parenting and other skills associated with becoming productive citizens. At many of our facilities, we also offer counseling, education and/or treatment to inmates with alcohol and drug abuse problems through our LifeLine and Strategies for Change programs. Equally significant, we offer cognitive behavioral programs aimed at changing the anti-social attitudes and behaviors of offenders. Our faith-based and religious programs offer all offenders the opportunity to practice their spiritual beliefs and these programs incorporate the use of thousands of volunteers, along with our staff, that assist in providing guidance, direction and post incarceration services to offenders. We believe these programs reduce recidivism.

We operate our facilities in accordance with both company and facility-specific policies and procedures. The policies and procedures reflect standards generated by a number of sources, to include the American Correctional Association, the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, the National Commission on Correctional Healthcare, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, federal, state, and local government guidelines, established correctional procedures, and company-wide policies and procedures that may exceed these guidelines. Outside agency standards, such as those established by the ACA, provide us with the industry’s most widely accepted operational guidelines. Our facilities not only operate under these established standards (we have sought and received accreditation for 48 of the facilities we managed as of December 31, 2004) but are consistently challenged to exceed these standards. This challenge is presented, in large part, through an extensive, comprehensive Quality Assurance Program. We intend to apply for ACA accreditation for all of our eligible facilities where it is economically feasible to complete the 18-24 month accreditation process.

Our Quality Assurance Department, under the responsibility of our General Counsel, consists of two permanent audit teams, a Policy and Procedures Department, a Research and Data Analysis Team,

6


Table of Contents

and an ACA Accreditation Team. Considerable resources have been devoted to the Quality Assurance Department, enabling them to monitor compliance with contractual requirements and outside agency standards, as well as tracking all efforts of the facilities to deliver the exceptional quality of services and operations expected.

Prisoner Transportation Services

We provide transportation services to governmental agencies through our wholly-owned subsidiary, TransCor America, LLC, or TransCor. TransCor is the largest third-party prisoner extradition company in the United States. Through a “hub-and-spoke” network, TransCor provides nationwide coverage to over 2,000 local and state agencies in all fifty states. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, TransCor generated total consolidated revenue of $19.1 million, $18.9 million, and $16.0 million, respectively, comprising 1.7%, 1.8%, and 1.7% of our total consolidated revenue in each respective year. We also provide transportation services to our existing customers utilizing TransCor’s services. We believe TransCor provides a complementary service to our core business that enables us to quickly respond to our customers’ transportation needs.

Facility Portfolio

General

Our facilities can generally be classified according to the level(s) of security at such facility. Minimum security facilities are facilities having open housing within an appropriately designed and patrolled institutional perimeter. Medium security facilities are facilities having either cells, rooms or dormitories, a secure perimeter and some form of external patrol. Maximum security facilities are facilities having single occupancy cells, a secure perimeter and external patrol. Multi-security facilities are facilities with various areas encompassing either minimum, medium or maximum security. Non-secure facilities are juvenile facilities having open housing that inhibit movement by their design. Secure facilities are juvenile facilities having cells, rooms, or dormitories, a secure perimeter and some form of external patrol.

Our facilities can also be classified according to their primary function. The primary functional categories are:

  •   Correctional Facilities. Correctional facilities house and provide contractually agreed upon programs and services to sentenced adult prisoners, typically prisoners on whom a sentence in excess of one year has been imposed.
 
  •   Detention Facilities. Detention facilities house and provide contractually agreed upon programs and services to prisoners being detained by the ICE, prisoners who are awaiting trial who have been charged with violations of federal criminal law, who are in the custody of the USMS, or state criminal law, and prisoners who have been convicted of crimes and on whom a sentence of one year or less has been imposed.
 
  •   Juvenile Facilities. Juvenile facilities house and provide contractually agreed upon programs and services to juveniles, typically defined by applicable federal or state law as being persons below the age of 18, who have been determined to be delinquents by a juvenile court and who have been committed for an indeterminate period of time but who typically remain confined for a period of six months or less. At December 31, 2004, the Company owned only one such juvenile facility. However, the operation of juvenile facilities is not considered part of the Company’s strategic focus.

7


Table of Contents

  •   Leased Facilities. Leased facilities are facilities that are within one of the above categories and that we own but do not manage.

Facilities and Facility Management Contracts

We own 42 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities in 14 states and the District of Columbia, three of which we lease to other operators. We also own two corporate office buildings. A substantial portion of our assets have been pledged to secure borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. Additionally, we currently manage 25 correctional and detention facilities owned by government agencies. The following table sets forth all of the facilities which we currently (i) own and manage, (ii) own, but are leased to another operator, and (iii) manage but are owned by a government authority. The table includes certain information regarding each facility, including the term of the primary management contract related to such facility, or, in the case of facilities we own but lease to another operator, the term of such lease. We have a number of management contracts and leases that expire in 2005 (or have expired) with no remaining renewal options. We continue to operate, and expect to continue to manage or lease these facilities, although we can provide no assurance that we will maintain our contracts to manage or lease these facilities, or when new contracts will be renewed.

                             
                            Remaining
    Primary   Design       Facility       Renewal
Facility Name   Customer   Capacity (A)   Security Level   Type (B)   Term   Options (C)
Owned and Managed Facilities:
                           
 
                           
Central Arizona Detention Center
Florence, Arizona
  USMS     2,304     Multi   Detention   May 2005   (3) 1 year
 
                           
Eloy Detention Center
Eloy, Arizona
  BOP, ICE     1,500     Medium   Detention   February 2006   (3) 1 year
 
                           
Florence Correctional Center
Florence, Arizona
  State of Alaska     1,824     Multi   Correctional   June 2008   (6) 1 year
 
                           
California City Correctional Center
California City, California
  BOP     2,304     Medium   Correctional   September 2005   (5) 1 year
 
                           
San Diego Correctional Facility (D)
San Diego, California
  ICE     1,216     Minimum/
Medium
  Detention   March 2005  
 
                           
Bent County Correctional Facility
Las Animas, Colorado
  State of Colorado     700     Medium   Correctional   June 2005   (1) 2 year
 
                           
Crowley County Correctional Facility
Olney Springs, Colorado
  State of Colorado     1,794     Medium   Correctional   June 2005   (1) 2 year
 
                           
Huerfano County Correctional Center (E)
Walsenburg, Colorado
  State of Colorado     752     Medium   Correctional   June 2005   (1) 2 year
 
                           
Kit Carson Correctional Center
Burlington, Colorado
  State of Colorado     768     Medium   Correctional   June 2005   (1) 2 year
 
                           
Coffee Correctional Facility (F)
Nicholls, Georgia
  State of Georgia     1,524     Medium   Correctional   June 2005   (14) 1 year
 
                           
McRae Correctional Facility
McRae, Georgia
  BOP     1,524     Medium   Correctional   December 2005   (7) 1 year
 
                           
Stewart County Correctional Facility (G)
Lumpkin, Georgia
      273     Medium   Correctional    

8


Table of Contents

                             
                            Remaining
    Primary   Design       Facility       Renewal
Facility Name   Customer   Capacity (A)   Security Level   Type (B)   Term   Options (C)
Wheeler Correctional Facility (F)
Alamo, Georgia
  State of Georgia     1,524     Medium   Correctional   June 2005   (14) 1 year
 
                           
Leavenworth Detention Center
Leavenworth, Kansas
  USMS     767     Maximum   Detention   December 2005  
 
                           
Lee Adjustment Center
Beattyville, Kentucky
  State of Vermont     816     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   June 2007  
 
                           
Marion Adjustment Center
St. Mary, Kentucky
  Commonwealth of Kentucky     826     Minimum   Correctional   December 2007   (3) 2 year
 
                           
Otter Creek Correctional Center (I)
Wheelwright, Kentucky
  State of Indiana     656     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2011  
 
                           
Prairie Correctional Facility
Appleton, Minnesota
  State of Wisconsin     1,550     Medium   Correctional   December 2005   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Tallahatchie County Correctional
    Facility (H)
Tutwiler, Mississippi
  State of Hawaii     1,104     Medium   Correctional   June 2006  
 
                           
Crossroads Correctional Center (J)
Shelby, Montana
  State of Montana     568     Multi   Correctional   June 2005   (7) 2 year
 
                           
Cibola County Corrections Center
Milan, New Mexico
  BOP     1,129     Medium   Correctional   September 2005   (5) 1 year
 
                           
New Mexico Women’s Correctional
    Facility
Grants, New Mexico
  State of New Mexico     596     Multi   Correctional   June 2005  
 
                           
Torrance County Detention Facility
Estancia, New Mexico
  USMS     910     Multi   Detention   Indefinite  
 
                           
Northeast Ohio Correctional Center
Youngstown, Ohio
  USMS     2,016     Medium   Correctional   November 2008   (3) 5 year
 
                           
Cimarron Correctional Facility (K)
Cushing, Oklahoma
  State of Oklahoma     960     Medium   Correctional   June 2005   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Davis Correctional Facility (K)
Holdenville, Oklahoma
  State of Oklahoma     960     Medium   Correctional   June 2005   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Diamondback Correctional Facility
Watonga, Oklahoma
  State of Arizona     2,160     Medium   Correctional   June 2005   (2) 1 year
 
                           
North Fork Correctional Facility (L)
Sayre, Oklahoma
      1,440     Medium   Correctional    
 
                           
West Tennessee Detention Facility
Mason, Tennessee
  USMS     600     Multi   Detention   February 2006   (1) 1 year
 
                           
Shelby Training Center (M)
Memphis, Tennessee
  Shelby County,
Tennessee
    200     Secure   Juvenile   April 2015  
 
                           
Whiteville Correctional Facility (N)
Whiteville, Tennessee
  State of Tennessee     1,536     Medium   Correctional   September 2005   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Bridgeport Pre-Parole Transfer Facility
Bridgeport, Texas
  State of Texas     200     Medium   Correctional   February 2007   (4) 1 year

9


Table of Contents

                             
                            Remaining
    Primary   Design       Facility       Renewal
Facility Name   Customer   Capacity (A)   Security Level   Type (B)   Term   Options (C)
Eden Detention Center
Eden, Texas
  BOP     1,225     Medium   Correctional   April 2005   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Houston Processing Center
Houston, Texas
  ICE     905     Medium   Detention   September 2005   (3) 1 year
 
                           
Laredo Processing Center
Laredo, Texas
  ICE     258     Minimum/
Medium
  Detention   March 2005  
 
                           
Webb County Detention Center
Laredo, Texas
  USMS     480     Medium   Detention   August 2005  
 
                           
Mineral Wells Pre-Parole Transfer
    Facility
Mineral Wells, Texas
  State of Texas     2,103     Minimum   Correctional   February 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
T. Don Hutto Correctional Center
Taylor, Texas
  USMS     480     Minimum   Correctional   November 2004   Indefinite
 
                           
D.C. Correctional Treatment Facility (O)
Washington, D.C.
  District of Columbia     1,500     Medium   Detention   March 2017  
 
                           
Managed Only Facilities:
                           
 
                           
Bay Correctional Facility
Panama City, Florida
  State of Florida     750     Medium   Correctional   June 2005  
 
                           
Bay County Jail and Annex
Panama City, Florida
  Bay County, Florida     1,150     Multi   Detention   September 2006  
 
                           
Citrus County Detention Facility
Lecanto, Florida
  Citrus County,
Florida
    400     Multi   Detention   September 2005   (1) 5 year
 
                           
Gadsden Correctional Institution
Quincy, Florida
  State of Florida     1,036     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   June 2005  
 
                           
Hernando County Jail
Brooksville, Florida
  Hernando County,
Florida
    348     Multi   Detention   October 2010  
 
                           
Lake City Correctional Facility
Lake City, Florida
  State of Florida     350     Secure   Correctional   June 2005  
 
                           
Idaho Correctional Center
Boise, Idaho
  State of Idaho     1,270     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   June 2005  
 
                           
Marion County Jail
Indianapolis, Indiana
  Marion County,
Indiana
    1,030     Multi   Detention   August 2005  
 
                           
Winn Correctional Center
Winnfield, Louisiana
  State of Louisiana     1,538     Medium/
Maximum
  Correctional   September 2006   (1) 2 year
 
                           
Delta Correctional Facility
Greenwood, Mississippi
  State of Mississippi     1,172     Minimum/Medium   Correctional   March 2005   (1) 2 year
 
                           
Wilkinson County Correctional Facility
Woodville, Mississippi
  State of Mississippi     1,000     Medium   Correctional   September 2005   (3) 1 year
 
                           
Elizabeth Detention Center
Elizabeth, New Jersey
  ICE     300     Minimum   Detention   April 2005  
 
                           
David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center
Tulsa, Oklahoma
  Tulsa County,
Oklahoma
    1,440     Multi   Detention   June 2005   (2) 1 year

10


Table of Contents

                             
                            Remaining
    Primary   Design       Facility       Renewal
Facility Name   Customer   Capacity (A)   Security Level   Type (B)   Term   Options (C)
Silverdale Facilities
Chattanooga, Tennessee
  Hamilton County,
Tennessee
    784     Multi   Detention   February 2007   Indefinite
 
                           
South Central Correctional Center
Clifton, Tennessee
  State of Tennessee     1,676     Medium   Correctional   June 2005   (1) 2 year
 
                           
Metro-Davidson County Detention
    Facility
Nashville, Tennessee
  Davidson County,
Tennessee
    1,092     Multi   Detention   July 2006   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Hardeman County Correctional Facility
Whiteville, Tennessee
  State of Tennessee     2,016     Medium   Correctional   July 2005   (1) 2 year
 
                           
B. M. Moore Correctional Center
Overton, Texas
  State of Texas     500     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Bartlett State Jail
Bartlett, Texas
  State of Texas     1,001     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Bradshaw State Jail
Henderson, Texas
  State of Texas     1,980     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Dawson State Jail
Dallas, Texas
  State of Texas     2,216     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Diboll Correctional Center
Diboll, Texas
  State of Texas     518     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (2) 1 year
 
                           
Liberty County Jail/Juvenile Center
Liberty, Texas
  Liberty County,
Texas
    380     Multi   Detention   January 2005   (1) 3 year
 
                           
Lindsey State Jail
Jacksboro, Texas
  State of Texas     1,031     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Willacy State Jail
Raymondville, Texas
  State of Texas     1,069     Minimum/
Medium
  Correctional   January 2007   (4) 1 year
 
                           
Leased Facilities:
                           
 
                           
Leo Chesney Correctional Center
Live Oak, California
  Cornell
Corrections
    240     Minimum   Owned/Leased   June 2005   (1) 1 year
 
                           
Queensgate Correctional Facility
Cincinnati, Ohio
  Hamilton County,
Ohio
    850     Medium   Owned/Leased   February 2006   (1) 1 year
 
                           
Community Education Partners (P)
Houston, Texas
  Community Education
Partners
        Non-secure   Owned/Leased   June 2008   (3) 5 year


(A)   Design capacity measures the number of beds, and accordingly, the number of inmates each facility is designed to accommodate. Facilities housing detainees on a short term basis may exceed the original intended design capacity for sentenced inmates due to the lower level of services required by detainees in custody for a brief period. From time to time we may evaluate the design capacity of our facilities based on customers using the facilities, and the ability to reconfigure space with minimal capital outlays. As a result, the design capacity of certain facilities may vary from the design capacity previously presented. We believe design capacity is an appropriate measure for evaluating prison operations, because the revenue generated by each facility is based on a per diem or monthly rate per inmate housed at the facility paid by the corresponding contracting governmental entity.
 
(B)   We manage numerous facilities that have more than a single function (e.g., housing both long-term sentenced adult prisoners and pre-trial detainees). The primary functional categories into which facility types are identified were determined by the relative size of prisoner populations in a particular facility on December 31, 2004. If, for example, a 1,000-bed facility housed 900 adult prisoners with sentences in excess of one year and 100 pre-trial detainees, the

11


Table of Contents

    primary functional category to which it would be assigned would be that of correctional facilities and not detention facilities. It should be understood that the primary functional category to which multi-user facilities are assigned may change from time to time.
 
(C)   Remaining renewal options represents the number of renewal options, if applicable, and the term of each option renewal.
 
(D)   The facility is subject to a ground lease with the County of San Diego whereby the initial lease term is 18 years from the commencement of the contract, as defined. The County has the right to buy out all, or designated portions of, the premises at various times prior to the expiration of the term at a price generally equal to the cost of the premises, or the designated portion of the premises, less an allowance for the amortization over a 20-year period. Upon expiration of the lease, ownership of the facility automatically reverts to the County of San Diego.
 
(E)   The facility is subject to a purchase option held by Huerfano County which grants Huerfano County the right to purchase the facility upon an early termination of the contract at a price generally equal to the cost of the facility plus 80% of the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index, cumulated annually.
 
(F)   The facility is subject to a purchase option held by the Georgia Department of Corrections, or GDOC, which grants the GDOC the right to purchase the facility for the lesser of the facility’s depreciated book value or fair market value at any time during the term of the contract between us and the GDOC.
 
(G)   During the fourth quarter of 2004, 273 beds were completed and available for use while construction continues on the remaining 1,251 beds. We are currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the beds that are available at the Stewart County Correctional Facility, but can provide no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.
 
(H)   The facility is subject to a purchase option held by the Tallahatchie County Correctional Authority which grants Tallahatchie County Correctional Authority the right to purchase the facility at any time during the contract at a price generally equal to the cost of the premises less an allowance for amortization over a 20-year period.
 
(I)   We have been notified by the state of Indiana that during the second quarter of 2005 it will remove all of its inmates from our 656-bed Otter Creek Correctional Facility to utilize available capacity within the State’s correctional system. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 642 Indiana inmates at the Otter Creek Correctional Facility. We are currently negotiating with existing customers, as well as new customers, to take advantage of the beds that will become available at this facility, but can provide no assurance that we will be successful in replacing the inmates that will be removed from this facility or that the per diem from any such customers will yield as much cash flow as we generated from the state of Indiana.
 
(J)   The state of Montana has an option to purchase the facility generally at any time during the term of the contract with us at fair market value, less the then present value of a pre-determined portion of per diem payments made to us by the state of Montana.
 
(K)   The facility is subject to a purchase option held by the Oklahoma Department of Corrections, or ODC, which grants the ODC the right to purchase the facility at its fair market value at any time.
 
(L)   During the third quarter of 2003, all of the Wisconsin inmates housed at the North Fork Correctional Facility were transferred to the Diamondback Correctional Facility in order to satisfy a contractual provision mandated by the state of Wisconsin. Upon completion of the inmate transfers, North Fork Correctional Facility was closed and will remain closed for an indefinite period of time. We are currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the beds that are available at the North Fork Correctional Facility, but can provide no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.
 
(M)   Upon the conclusion of the thirty-year ground lease with Shelby County, Tennessee, the facility will become the property of Shelby County. Prior to such time, if the County terminates the lease without cause, breaches the lease or the State fails to fund the contract, we may purchase the property for $150,000. If we terminate the lease without cause, or breach the contract, we will be required to purchase the property for its fair market value as agreed to by the County and us.
 
(N)   The state of Tennessee has the option to purchase the facility in the event of our bankruptcy, or upon an operational breach, as defined, at a price equal to the book value of the facility, as defined.
 
(O)   The District of Columbia has the right to purchase the facility at any time during the term of the contract at a price generally equal to the present value of the remaining lease payments for the premises. Upon expiration of the lease, ownership of the facility automatically reverts to the District of Columbia.
 
(P)   The alternative educational facility is currently configured to accommodate 900 at-risk juveniles and may be expanded to accommodate a total of 1,400 at-risk juveniles.

Facilities Under Construction or Development. On September 10, 2003, we announced our intention to complete construction of the Stewart County Correctional Facility located in Stewart County, Georgia. The anticipated cost to complete the Stewart facility is approximately $26.5 million, with completion estimated to occur during the second quarter of 2005. Construction on the 1,524-bed Stewart County Correctional Facility began in August 1999 and was suspended in May 2000. Our decision to complete construction of this facility is based on anticipated demand from several government customers having a need for inmate bed capacity in the Southeast region of the country. However, we can provide no assurance that we will be successful in utilizing the increased bed capacity resulting from this project.

12


Table of Contents

On February 1, 2005, we commenced construction of the Red Rock Correctional Center, a new 1,596-bed correctional facility located in Eloy, Arizona. The facility is expected to cost approximately $75 million, and is slated for completion during the first quarter of 2006. The capacity at the new facility is intended primarily for our existing customers.

Business Development

General

We are currently the nation’s largest provider of outsourced correctional management services. We manage over 50% of all beds under contract with private operators of correctional and detention facilities in the United States.

Under the direction of our business development department and our senior management and with the aid, where appropriate, of certain independent consultants, we market our services to government agencies responsible for federal, state and local correctional facilities in the United States. Recently, the industry has experienced greater opportunities at the federal level, as needs are increasing within the BOP, the USMS, and the ICE. The BOP and USMS were our only customers that accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue, generating 15% and 14%, respectively, of total revenue in 2004, 16% and 14%, respectively, in 2003, and 14% and 12%, respectively, in 2002. Contracts at the federal level generally offer more favorable contract terms. For example, certain federal contracts contain “take-or-pay” clauses that guarantee us a certain amount of management revenue, regardless of occupancy levels.

We believe that we can further develop our business by, among other things:

  •   Maintaining and expanding our existing customer relationships and continuing to fill existing beds within our facilities;
 
  •   Enhancing the terms of our existing contracts; and
 
  •   Establishing relationships with new customers who have either previously not outsourced their correctional management needs or have utilized other private enterprises.

We generally receive inquiries from or on behalf of government agencies that are considering outsourcing the management of certain facilities or that have already decided to contract with private enterprise. When we receive such an inquiry, we determine whether there is an existing need for our services and whether the legal and political climate in which the inquiring party operates is conducive to serious consideration of outsourcing. Based on the findings, an initial cost analysis is conducted to further determine project feasibility.

We pursue our business opportunities primarily through Request for Proposals, or RFPs, and Request for Qualifications, or RFQs. RFPs and RFQs are issued by government agencies and are solicited for bid.

Generally, government agencies responsible for correctional and detention services procure goods and services through RFPs and RFQs. Most of our activities in the area of securing new business are in the form of responding to RFPs. As part of our process of responding to RFPs, members of our management team meet with the appropriate personnel from the agency making the request to best determine the agency’s needs. If the project fits within our strategy, we submit a written response to the RFP. A typical RFP requires bidders to provide detailed information, including, but not limited to, the service to be provided by the bidder, its experience and qualifications, and the price at which

13


Table of Contents

the bidder is willing to provide the services (which services may include the renovation, improvement or expansion of an existing facility or the planning, design and construction of a new facility). Based on the proposals received in response to an RFP, the agency will award a contract to the successful bidder. In addition to issuing formal RFPs, local jurisdictions may issue an RFQ. In the RFQ process, the requesting agency selects a firm believed to be most qualified to provide the requested services and then negotiates the terms of the contract with that firm, including the price at which its services are to be provided.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we benefit from the following competitive strengths:

The Largest and Most Recognized Private Prison Operator. Our recognition as the industry’s leading private prison operator provides us with significant credibility with our current and prospective clients. We manage over 50% of all privately managed prison beds in the United States. We pioneered modern-day private prisons with a list of notable accomplishments, such as being the first company to design, build and operate a private prison and the first company to manage a private maximum-security facility under a direct contract with the federal government. We believe that we benefit from certain economies of scale in purchasing power for food services, health care services and other supplies.

Available Beds Within Our Existing Facilities. We currently have four facilities, our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center, North Fork Correctional Facility, Crowley County Correctional Facility and Prairie Correctional Facility, that are substantially vacant and provide us with approximately 5,500 available beds. On December 23, 2004, we were awarded a new contract from the BOP to house approximately 1,195 federal inmates at the Northeast Ohio Correctional Center. We expect to begin receiving inmates pursuant to this contract during the second quarter of 2005. We also have an additional facility located in Stewart County, Georgia, which is partially complete. This facility, which is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2005, will bring approximately 1,500 additional beds on-line. In addition to the Northeast Ohio Correctional Center, North Fork Correctional Center, Crowley County Correctional Facility, Prairie Correctional Facility, and the Stewart County Correctional Facility, which provide an aggregate of approximately 7,000 available beds, as of December 31, 2004, we had a total of five facilities that had 200 or more beds available at each facility, which we believe provides further potential for increased cash flow.

Diverse, High Quality Customer Base. We provide services under management contracts with a diverse client base of approximately 50 different customers that generally have credit ratings of single-A or better. In addition, with average inmate lengths of stay between three and five years and a majority of our contracts having terms between one and five years, our revenue base is relatively predictable and stable.

Proven Senior Management Team. Our senior management team has applied their prior experience and diverse industry expertise to significantly improve our operations, related financial results, and capital structure. Under our senior management team’s leadership, our average occupancy has increased from 84.8% in 2000 to 92.6% during the fourth quarter of 2004, while our average inmate per diem operating margin increased approximately 50% from $8.29 to $12.47 during the same period.

Financial Flexibility. As of December 31, 2004, we had cash on hand of $50.9 million, investments of $8.7 million, and $88.3 million available under a $125.0 million revolving credit facility. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we generated $126.0 million in cash through operating activities, and as of December 31, 2004, we had net working capital of $130.0 million. In addition, we have an

14


Table of Contents

effective “shelf” registration statement under which we may issue up to approximately $280.0 million in equity or debt securities, preferred stock and warrants. The “shelf” registration statement provides us with the flexibility to issue additional equity or debt securities, preferred stock, and warrants from time to time when we determine that market conditions and the opportunity to utilize the proceeds from the issuance of such securities are favorable. Further, as a result of the completion of our recapitalization and refinancing transactions during the previous three years, we have significantly reduced our exposure to variable rate debt, lowered our after tax interest and dividend obligations associated with our outstanding debt and preferred stock, further increasing our cash flow, and now have no debt maturities on outstanding indebtedness until 2008. Also as a result of the completion of these capital transactions, covenants under our senior secured credit facility were amended to provide greater flexibility for, among other matters, incurring unsecured indebtedness, capital expenditures, and permitted acquisitions. At December 31, 2004, our total weighted average effective interest rate was 7.8% and our total weighted average debt maturity was 4.9 years. Standard & Poor’s currently rates our senior secured debt as “BB-” and our senior unsecured debt as “B.” Moody’s Investors Service currently rates our senior secured debt as “Ba3” and our senior unsecured debt as “B1.”

Business Strategy

Our primary business strategy is to provide quality corrections services, offer a compelling value, increase occupancy and revenue, and further rationalize our capital structure, while maintaining our position as the leading owner, operator and manager of privatized correctional and detention facilities. We will also consider opportunities for growth, including potential acquisitions of businesses within our line of business and those that provide complementary services, provided we believe such opportunities will broaden our market and/or increase the services we can provide to our customers.

Own and Operate High Quality Correctional and Detention Facilities. We believe that our clients choose an outsourced correctional services provider based primarily upon the quality of the service provided. Approximately 75% of the facilities we operated as of December 31, 2004 are accredited by the ACA, an independent organization of corrections industry professionals that establishes standards by which a correctional facility may gain accreditation. We believe that this percentage compares favorably to the percentage of government-operated adult prisons that are accredited by the ACA. The quality of our operations is further illustrated by the fact that for the three years ended December 31, 2004, we had an escape ratio at our adult prison facilities of 0.07 per 10,000 inmates compared with 5.1 per 10,000 inmates for the public sector (according to the 2002 Corrections Yearbook published by the Criminal Justice Institute). We have experienced wardens managing our facilities, with an average of over 23 years of corrections experience and an average tenure of over nine years with us.

Offer Compelling Value. We believe that our clients also seek a compelling value and service offering when selecting an outsourced correctional services provider. We believe that we offer a cost-effective alternative to our clients by reducing their correctional services costs. We attempt to accomplish this through improving operating performance and efficiency through the following key operating initiatives: (1) standardizing supply and service purchasing practices and usage; (2) outsourcing the purchase of food products and services nationwide; (3) improving inmate management, resource consumption and reporting procedures through the utilization of numerous technological initiatives; and (4) improving productivity and reducing employee turnover. We also intend to continue to implement a wide variety of specialized services that address the unique needs of various segments of the inmate population. Because the facilities we operate differ with respect to security levels, ages, genders and cultures of inmates, we focus on the particular needs of an inmate

15


Table of Contents

population and tailor our services based on local conditions and our ability to provide services on a cost-effective basis.

Increase Occupancy. Our industry benefits from significant economies of scale, resulting in lower operating costs per inmate as occupancy rates increase. Our management team is pursuing a number of initiatives intended to increase occupancy through obtaining new and additional contracts. We are also focused on renewing and enhancing the terms of our existing contracts. Given our significant number of available beds, we believe we can increase operating cash flow from increased occupancy without incurring significant capital expenditures. During 2004, we completed the expansion of 1,652 beds at five of our existing facilities and in February 2005, began construction of our new 1,596-bed Red Rock Correctional Center located in Eloy, Arizona. We will also consider additional expansion opportunities or the development or purchase of new prison facilities that we believe have favorable investment returns and increase value to our stockholders.

The Corrections and Detention Industry

We believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on government outsourcing of correctional management services because of our competitive strengths and business strategy. The key reasons for this outsourcing trend include:

Growing United States Prison Population. The average annual growth rate of the prison population in the United States between December 1995 and December 2003 was 3.4%. The growth rate declined somewhat to 2.1% for the year ended December 31, 2003, with the sentenced state prison population rising by 1.6%. However, for the year ended December 31, 2003, the sentenced prison population for the federal government rose 6.2%. During 2003, the number of federal inmates increased 5.8%. Federal agencies are collectively our largest customer and accounted for 37% of our total revenues (when aggregating all of our federal contracts) for the year ended December 31, 2004. In December 2004, Congress passed the Intelligence Reform Bill which includes several provisions relating to border security and illegal immigration. The Intelligence Reform Bill authorizes the Department of Homeland Security to, subject to appropriations, hire a total of 2,000 new border patrol agents over each of the next five years and increase the total available detention beds by 40,000 over the next five years. We believe these initiatives could lead to meaningful growth to the private corrections industry in general, and to our company in particular. We also believe growth will come from the growing demographic of the 18 to 24 year-old at-risk population. Males between 18 and 24 years of age have demonstrated the highest propensity for criminal behavior and the highest rates of arrest, conviction, and incarceration.

Prison Overcrowding. The significant growth of the prison population in the United States has led to overcrowding in the state and federal prison systems. In 2003, at least 22 states and the federal prison system reported operating at or above capacity. The federal prison system was operating at 39% above capacity at December 31, 2003.

Acceptance of Privatization. The prisoner population housed in privately managed facilities in the United States as of December 31, 2003 was approximately 95,500, or 6.5% of all inmates under federal and state jurisdiction. At December 31, 2003, 12.6% of all federal inmates and 5.7% of all state inmates were held in private facilities. Since December 31, 2000, the number of federal inmates held in private facilities has increased over 40%, while the number held in state facilities has remained relatively stable, decreasing 1.8%. Six states, all of which are our customers, housed at least 25% of their prison population in private facilities as of December 31, 2003 – New Mexico (44%), Alaska (31%), Montana (29%), Oklahoma (26%), Wyoming (26%), and Hawaii (25%).

16


Table of Contents

Governmental Budgeting Constraints. We believe the outsourcing of prison management services to private operators allows governments to manage increasing inmate populations while simultaneously controlling correctional costs and improving correctional services. The use of facilities owned and managed by private operators allows governments to expand prison capacity without incurring large capital commitments required to increase correctional capacity. In addition, contracting with a private operator allows governmental agencies to add beds without making significant capital investment or incurring new debt. We believe these advantages translate into significant cost savings for government agencies. The President’s fiscal 2006 budget proposal released in February 2005 continues a moratorium on new prison construction initiated in the fiscal 2005 budget, while promoting more aggressive BOP contracting with state, local, and private sector prison providers. The President’s fiscal 2006 budget proposal also allocates $1.2 billion to the Office of Detention Trustee to support an average daily detainee population in excess of 60,000, representing a 29% increase over approved 2005 funding. We believe these views can lead to opportunities for our growth.

Government Regulation

Business Regulations

The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulations, including educational, health care and safety regulations, which are administered by many regulatory authorities. Some of the regulations are unique to the corrections industry, and the combination of regulations we face is unique. Facility management contracts typically include reporting requirements, supervision and on-site monitoring by representatives of the contracting governmental agencies. Corrections officers and juvenile care workers are customarily required to meet certain training standards and, in some instances, facility personnel are required to be licensed and subject to background investigation. Certain jurisdictions also require us to award subcontracts on a competitive basis or to subcontract with businesses owned by members of minority groups. Our facilities are also subject to operational and financial audits by the governmental agencies with which we have contracts. We may not always successfully comply with these regulations and failure to comply can result in material penalties or non-renewal or termination of facility management contracts.

In addition, private prison managers are increasingly subject to government legislation and regulation attempting to restrict the ability of private prison managers to house certain types of inmates. Legislation has been enacted in several states, and has previously been proposed in the United States Congress, containing such restrictions. Although we do not believe that existing legislation will have a material adverse effect on us, there can be no assurance that future legislation would not have such an effect.

Environmental Matters

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. Such laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. As an owner of correctional and detention facilities, we have been subject to these laws, ordinances and regulations as the result of our, and our subsidiaries’, operation and management of correctional and detention facilities. Phase I environmental assessments have been obtained on substantially all of the facilities we currently own. The cost of complying with environmental laws could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

17


Table of Contents

Americans with Disabilities Act

The correctional and detention facilities we operate and manage are subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended. The Americans with Disabilities Act, or the ADA, has separate compliance requirements for “public accommodations” and “commercial facilities” but generally requires that public facilities such as correctional and detention facilities be made accessible to people with disabilities. Noncompliance could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants. Although we believe we are in compliance, any additional expenditures incurred in order to comply with the ADA at our facilities, if deemed required, would not likely have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996

In 1996, Congress enacted the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA. HIPAA is designed to improve the portability and continuity of health insurance coverage and simplify the administration of health insurance. Certain regulations promulgated by HIPAA require health care providers to institute physical and procedural safeguards to protect the health records of patients and insureds. Examples of mandated safeguards include requirements that notices of the entity’s privacy practices be sent and that patients and insureds be given the right to access and request amendments to their records. Authorizations are required before a provider, insurer or clearinghouse can use health information for marketing and certain other purposes. Additionally, health plans are required to electronically transmit and receive standardized health care information. These regulations require the implementation of compliance training and awareness programs for our health care service providers associated with healthcare we provide to inmates, and selected other employees primarily associated with our employee medical plans.

Insurance

We maintain a general liability insurance policy of $5.0 million for each facility we operate, as well as insurance in amounts we deem adequate to cover property and casualty risks, workers’ compensation and directors and officers liability. In addition, each of our leases with third-parties provides that the lessee will maintain insurance on each leased property under the lessee’s insurance policies providing for the following coverages: (i) fire, vandalism and malicious mischief, extended coverage perils, and all physical loss perils; (ii) comprehensive general public liability (including personal injury and property damage); and (iii) workers’ compensation. Under each of these leases, we have the right to periodically review our lessees’ insurance coverage and provide input with respect thereto.

Insurance expense represents a significant component of our operating expenses. Each of our management contracts and the statutes of certain states require the maintenance of insurance. We maintain various insurance policies including employee health, workers’ compensation, automobile liability and general liability insurance. Because we are significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance, the amount of our insurance expense is dependent on claims experience, and our ability to control our claims experience. Our insurance policies contain various deductibles and stop-loss amounts intended to limit our exposure for individually significant occurrences. However, the nature of our self-insurance policies provides little protection for a deterioration in overall claims experience. Although we have experienced modest improvements in claims experience in both employee medical and workers’ compensation, we are developing strategies to improve the management of our future loss claims but can provide no assurance that these strategies will be successful. Additionally, we have not recently experienced the increases in general liability and other types of insurance we experienced over the past few years that resulted from the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, and due to concerns over corporate

18


Table of Contents

governance and corporate accounting scandals. However, unanticipated additional insurance expenses resulting from adverse claims experience or an increasing cost environment for general liability and other types of insurance could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business and Industry – We are subject to necessary insurance costs.”

Employees

As of December 31, 2004, we employed approximately 15,420 employees. Of such employees, approximately 280 were employed at our corporate offices and approximately 15,140 were employed at our facilities and in our inmate transportation business. We employ personnel in the following areas: clerical and administrative, facility administrators/wardens, security, food service, medical, transportation and scheduling, maintenance, teachers, counselors and other support services.

Each of the correctional and detention facilities we currently operate is managed as a separate operational unit by the facility administrator or warden. All of these facilities follow a standardized code of policies and procedures.

We have not experienced a strike or work stoppage at any of our facilities. Approximately 1,200 employees at six of our facilities are represented by labor unions. This number includes approximately 550 employees at four facilities who have elected to be represented by a union. In the opinion of management, overall employee relations are generally considered good.

Competition

The correctional and detention facilities we operate and manage, as well as those facilities we own but are managed by other operators, are subject to competition for inmates from other private prison managers. We compete primarily on the basis of cost, the quality and range of services offered, our experience in the operation and management of correctional and detention facilities and our reputation. We compete with government agencies that are responsible for correctional facilities and a number of privatized correctional service companies, including, but not limited to, the GEO Group, Inc., Correctional Services Corporation and Cornell Companies, Inc. Other potential competitors may in the future enter into businesses competitive with us without a substantial capital investment or prior experience. Competition by other companies may adversely affect the number of inmates at our facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on the operating revenue of our facilities. In addition, revenue derived from our facilities will be affected by a number of factors, including the demand for inmate beds, general economic conditions and the age of the general population.

Seasonality and Quarterly Results

The Company’s business is somewhat subject to seasonal fluctuations. Because we are generally compensated for operating and managing facilities at an inmate per diem rate, our financial results are impacted by the number of calendar days in a fiscal quarter. Our fiscal year follows the calendar year and therefore, our daily profits for the third and fourth quarters include two more days than the first quarter (except in leap years) and one more day than the second quarter. Further, salaries and benefits represent the most significant component of operating expenses. Significant portions of the Company’s unemployment taxes are recognized during the first quarter, when base wage rates reset for state unemployment tax purposes. Finally, quarterly results are affected by the timing of the opening of new facilities and related start-up expenses which may conceal the impact of other seasonal influences. Because of these seasonality factors, results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full fiscal year.

19


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

As the owner and operator of correctional and detention facilities, we are subject to certain risks and uncertainties associated with, among other things, the corrections and detention industry and pending or threatened litigation in which we are involved. In addition, we are also currently subject to risks associated with our indebtedness. These risks and uncertainties set forth below could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements contained herein and elsewhere. The risks described below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business operations. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our results of operations are dependent on revenues generated by our jails, prisons and detention facilities, which are subject to the following risks associated with the corrections and detention industry.

We are subject to fluctuations in occupancy levels. While a substantial portion of our cost structure is fixed, a substantial portion of our revenues are generated under facility management contracts that specify per diem payments based upon occupancy. Under a per diem rate structure, a decrease in our occupancy rates could cause a decrease in revenue and profitability. Average compensated occupancy for our facilities in operation for 2004, 2003, and 2002 was 94.7%, 93.0%, and 89.1%, respectively. Occupancy rates may, however, decrease below these levels in the future.

We may incur significant start-up and operating costs on new contracts before receiving related revenues, which may impact our cash flows and not be recouped. When we are awarded a contract to manage a facility, we may incur significant start-up and operating expenses, including the cost of constructing the facility, purchasing equipment and staffing the facility, before we receive any payments under the contract. These expenditures could result in a significant reduction in our cash reserves and may make it more difficult for us to meet other cash obligations. In addition, a contract may be terminated prior to its scheduled expiration and as a result we may not recover these expenditures or realize any return on our investment.

We are subject to termination or non-renewal of our government contracts. We typically enter into facility management contracts with governmental entities for terms of up to five years, with additional renewal periods at the option of the contracting governmental agency. Notwithstanding any contractual renewal option of a contracting governmental agency, 37 of our facility management contracts with the customers listed under “Business – Facility Portfolio – Facilities and Facility Management Contracts” have expired or are currently scheduled to expire on or before December 31, 2005. See “Business – Facility Portfolio – Facilities and Facility Management contracts.” One or more of these contracts may not be renewed by the corresponding governmental agency. In addition, these and any other contracting agencies may determine not to exercise renewal options with respect to any of our contracts in the future. Governmental agencies typically may also terminate a facility contract at any time without cause or use the possibility of termination to negotiate a lower fee for per diem rates. In the event any of our management contracts are terminated or are not renewed on favorable terms or otherwise, we may not be able to obtain additional replacement contracts. The non-renewal or termination of any of our contracts with governmental agencies could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, including our ability to secure new facility management contracts from others.

20


Table of Contents

Competition for inmates may adversely affect the profitability of our business. We compete with government entities and other private operators on the basis of cost, quality and range of services offered, experience in managing facilities and reputation of management and personnel. While there are barriers to entering the market for the management of correctional and detention facilities, these barriers may not be sufficient to limit additional competition. In addition, our government customers may assume the management of a facility we currently manage upon the termination of the corresponding management contract or, if such customers have capacity at their facilities, may take inmates currently housed in our facilities and transfer them to government run facilities. Since we are paid on a per diem basis with no minimum guaranteed occupancy under most of our contracts, the loss of such inmates and resulting decrease in occupancy would cause a decrease in our revenues and profitability. Further, many of our state customers are currently experiencing budget difficulties. These budget difficulties could result in decreases to our per diem rates, which could cause a decrease in our revenues and profitability.

We are dependent on government appropriations. Our cash flow is subject to the receipt of sufficient funding of and timely payment by contracting governmental entities. If the appropriate governmental agency does not receive sufficient appropriations to cover its contractual obligations, it may terminate our contract or delay or reduce payment to us. Any delays in payment, or the termination of a contract, could have an adverse effect on our cash flow and financial condition. In addition, as a result of, among other things, recent economic developments, federal, state and local governments have encountered, and may encounter, unusual budgetary constraints. As a result, a number of state and local governments are under pressure to control additional spending or reduce current levels of spending. Accordingly, we may be requested in the future to reduce our existing per diem contract rates or forego prospective increases to those rates. In addition, it may become more difficult to renew our existing contracts on favorable terms or otherwise.

Public resistance to privatization of correctional and detention facilities could result in our inability to obtain new contracts or the loss of existing contracts. The operation of correctional and detention facilities by private entities has not achieved complete acceptance by either governments or the public. The movement toward privatization of correctional and detention facilities has also encountered resistance from certain groups, such as labor unions and others that believe that correctional and detention facilities should only be operated by governmental agencies.

Moreover, negative publicity about an escape, riot or other disturbance or perceived poor conditions at a privately managed facility may result in publicity adverse to us and the private corrections industry in general. Any of these occurrences or continued trends may make it more difficult for us to renew or maintain existing contracts or to obtain new contracts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to secure new contracts to develop and manage correctional and detention facilities depends on many factors outside our control. Our growth is generally dependent upon our ability to obtain new contracts to develop and manage new correctional and detention facilities. This possible growth depends on a number of factors we cannot control, including crime rates and sentencing patterns in various jurisdictions and acceptance of privatization. The demand for our facilities and services could be adversely affected by the relaxation of enforcement efforts, leniency in conviction and sentencing practices or through the decriminalization of certain activities that are currently proscribed by our criminal laws. For instance, any changes with respect to drugs and controlled substances or illegal immigration could affect the number of persons arrested, convicted and sentenced, thereby potentially reducing demand for correctional facilities to house them. Legislation has been proposed in numerous jurisdictions that could lower minimum sentences for some non-violent crimes and make more inmates eligible for early release based on good behavior. Also, sentencing alternatives under consideration could put some offenders on probation with electronic

21


Table of Contents

monitoring who would otherwise be incarcerated. Similarly, reductions in crime rates could lead to reductions in arrests, convictions and sentences requiring incarceration at correctional facilities.

During January 2005, the Supreme Court declared the federal sentencing guidelines, previously considered mandatory, as unconstitutional, stating they violate defendants’ rights under the Sixth Amendment to be tried by a jury. The Supreme Court advised that federal judges should continue to use the federal sentencing guidelines as suggestions rather than mandatory guidelines. Although it is too early to predict the impact, if any, on our business, the ruling could lead to federal sentences becoming more varied which could lead to a reduction in the length of sentences at correctional facilities.

Moreover, certain jurisdictions recently have required successful bidders to make a significant capital investment in connection with the financing of a particular project, a trend that will require us to have sufficient capital resources to compete effectively. We may not be able to obtain these capital resources when needed. Additionally, our success in obtaining new awards and contracts may depend, in part, upon our ability to locate land that can be leased or acquired under favorable terms. Otherwise desirable locations may be in or near populated areas and, therefore, may generate legal action or other forms of opposition from residents in areas surrounding a proposed site.

Failure to comply with unique and increased governmental regulation could result in material penalties or non-renewal or termination of our contracts to manage correctional and detention facilities. The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulations, including educational, health care and safety regulations, which are administered by many regulatory authorities. Some of the regulations are unique to the corrections industry, and the combination of regulations we face is unique. Facility management contracts typically include reporting requirements, supervision and on-site monitoring by representatives of the contracting governmental agencies. Corrections officers and juvenile care workers are customarily required to meet certain training standards and, in some instances, facility personnel are required to be licensed and subject to background investigation. Certain jurisdictions also require us to award subcontracts on a competitive basis or to subcontract with businesses owned by members of minority groups. Our facilities are also subject to operational and financial audits by the governmental agencies with whom we have contracts. We may not always successfully comply with these regulations, and failure to comply can result in material penalties or non-renewal or termination of facility management contracts.

In addition, private prison managers are increasingly subject to government legislation and regulation attempting to restrict the ability of private prison managers to house certain types of inmates, such as inmates from other jurisdictions or inmates at medium or higher security levels. Legislation has been enacted in several states, and has previously been proposed in the United States Congress, containing such restrictions. Such legislation may have an adverse effect on us.

Our inmate transportation subsidiary, TransCor, is subject to regulations stipulated by the Departments of Transportation and Justice. TransCor must also comply with the Interstate Transportation of Dangerous Criminals Act of 2000, which covers operational aspects of transporting prisoners, including, but not limited to, background checks and drug testing of employees; employee training; employee hours; staff-to-inmate ratios; prisoner restraints; communication with local law enforcement; and standards to help ensure the safety of prisoners during transport. We are subject to changes in such regulations, which could result in an increase in the cost of our transportation operations.

22


Table of Contents

Moreover, the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) has published for comment a petition for rulemaking, filed on behalf of an inmate family, which would prevent private prison managers from collecting commissions from the operations of inmate telephone systems. We believe that there are sound reasons for the collection of such commissions by all operators of prisons, whether public or private. The FCC has traditionally deferred from rulemaking in this area; however, there is the risk that the FCC could act to prohibit private prison managers, like us, from collecting such revenues. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Government agencies may investigate and audit our contracts and, if any improprieties are found, we may be required to refund revenues we have received, to forego anticipated revenues, and we may be subject to penalties and sanctions, including prohibitions on our bidding in response to RFPs. Certain of the governmental agencies we contract with have the authority to audit and investigate our contracts with them. As part of that process, government agencies may review our performance of the contract, our pricing practices, our cost structure and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. For contracts that actually or effectively provide for certain reimbursement of expenses, if an agency determines that we have improperly allocated costs to a specific contract, we may not be reimbursed for those costs, and we could be required to refund the amount of any such costs that have been reimbursed. If a government audit asserts improper or illegal activities by us, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeitures of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or disqualification from doing business with certain government entities. Any adverse determination could adversely impact our ability to bid in response to RFPs in one or more jurisdictions.

We depend on a limited number of governmental customers for a significant portion of our revenues. We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of governmental agencies. The loss of, or a significant decrease in, business from the BOP, ICE, USMS, or various state agencies could seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. The three federal governmental agencies with correctional and detention responsibilities, the BOP, ICE, and USMS, accounted for 37% of our total revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 ($429.6 million). The BOP accounted for 15% of our total revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 ($177.9 million), and the USMS accounted for 14% of our total revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 ($165.4 million). We expect to continue to depend upon the federal agencies and a relatively small group of other governmental customers for a significant percentage of our revenues.

We are dependent upon our senior management and our ability to attract and retain sufficient qualified personnel.

We are dependent upon the continued service of each member of our senior management team, including John D. Ferguson, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The unexpected loss of any of these persons could materially adversely affect our business and operations. We only have employment agreements with our President and Chief Executive Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief Corrections Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief Development Officer; and Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, all of which expire in 2005 subject to annual renewals unless either party gives notice of termination.

In addition, the services we provide are labor-intensive. When we are awarded a facility management contract or open a new facility, we must hire operating management, correctional officers and other personnel. The success of our business requires that we attract, develop and retain these personnel. Our inability to hire sufficient qualified personnel on a timely basis or the loss of

23


Table of Contents

significant numbers of personnel at existing facilities could adversely affect our business and operations.

We are subject to necessary insurance costs.

Workers’ compensation, employee health and general liability insurance represent significant costs to us. Because we significantly self-insure for workers’ compensation, employee health, and general liability risks, the amount of our insurance expense is dependent on claims experience, our ability to control our claims experience, and in the case of workers’ compensation and employee health, rising health care costs in general. Further, additional terrorist attacks such as those on September 11, 2001, and concerns over corporate governance and corporate accounting scandals, could make it more difficult and costly to obtain liability and other types of insurance. Unanticipated additional insurance costs could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, and the failure to obtain or maintain any necessary insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be adversely affected by inflation.

Many of our facility management contracts provide for fixed management fees or fees that increase by only small amounts during their terms. If, due to inflation or other causes, our operating expenses, such as wages and salaries of our employees, and insurance, medical and food costs, increase at rates faster than increases, if any, in our management fees, then our profitability would be adversely affected. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Inflation.”

We are subject to legal proceedings associated with owning and managing correctional and detention facilities.

Our ownership and management of correctional and detention facilities, and the provision of inmate transportation services by a subsidiary, expose us to potential third-party claims or litigation by prisoners or other persons relating to personal injury or other damages resulting from contact with a facility, its managers, personnel or other prisoners, including damages arising from a prisoner’s escape from, or a disturbance or riot at, a facility we own or manage, or from the misconduct of our employees. To the extent the events serving as a basis for any potential claims are alleged or determined to constitute illegal or criminal activity, we could also be subject to criminal liability. Such liability could result in significant monetary fines and could affect our ability to bid on future contracts and retain our existing contracts. In addition, as an owner of real property, we may be subject to a variety of proceedings relating to personal injuries of persons at such facilities. The claims against our facilities may be significant and may not be covered by insurance. Even in cases covered by insurance, our deductible (or self-insured retention) may be significant.

We are subject to risks associated with ownership of real estate.

Our ownership of correctional and detention facilities subjects us to risks typically associated with investments in real estate. Investments in real estate and, in particular, correctional and detention facilities have a limited or no alternative use and thus, are relatively illiquid, and therefore, our ability to divest ourselves of one or more of our facilities promptly in response to changed conditions is limited. Investments in correctional and detention facilities, in particular, subject us to risks involving potential exposure to environmental liability and uninsured loss. Our operating costs may be affected by the obligation to pay for the cost of complying with existing environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, as well as the cost of complying with future legislation. In addition, although we maintain insurance for many types of losses, there are certain types of losses, such as losses from earthquakes and acts of terrorism, which may be either uninsurable or for which it may

24


Table of Contents

not be economically feasible to obtain insurance coverage, in light of the substantial costs associated with such insurance. As a result, we could lose both our capital invested in, and anticipated profits from, one or more of the facilities we own. Further, it is possible to experience losses that may exceed the limits of insurance coverage.

In addition, our increased focus on facility development and expansions poses an increased risk, including cost overruns caused by various factors, many of which are beyond our control, such as weather, labor conditions, and material shortages, resulting in increased construction costs.

Certain of our facilities are subject to options to purchase and reversions. Ten of our facilities are or will be subject to an option to purchase by certain governmental agencies. Such options are exercisable by the corresponding contracting governmental entity generally at any time during the term of the respective facility management contract. See “Business – Facility Portfolio – Facilities and Facility Management Contracts.” If any of these options are exercised, there exists the risk that we will be unable to invest the proceeds from the sale of the facility in one or more properties that yield as much cash flow as the property acquired by the government entity. In addition, in the event any of these options are exercised, there exists the risk that the contracting governmental agency will terminate the management contract associated with such facility. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the facilities subject to these options generated $214.0 million in revenue (19% of total revenue) and incurred $155.0 million in operating expenses. Certain of the options to purchase are exercisable at prices below fair market value. See “Business – Facility Portfolio – Facilities and Facility Management Contracts.”

In addition, ownership of three of our facilities (including two that are also subject to options to purchase) will, upon the expiration of certain ground leases with remaining terms generally ranging from 12 to 14 years, revert to the respective governmental agency contracting with us. See “Business – Facility Portfolio – Facilities and Facility Management Contracts.” At the time of such reversion, there exists the risk that the contracting governmental agency will terminate the management contract associated with such facility. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the facilities subject to reversion generated $78.5 million in revenue (7% of total revenue) and incurred $54.8 million in operating expenses.

We may be adversely affected by the rising cost and increasing difficulty of obtaining adequate levels of surety credit on favorable terms.

We are often required to post bid or performance bonds issued by a surety company as a condition to bidding on or being awarded a contract. Availability and pricing of these surety commitments are subject to general market and industry conditions, among other factors. Recent events in the economy have caused the surety market to become unsettled, causing many reinsurers and sureties to reevaluate their commitment levels and required returns. As a result, surety bond premiums generally are increasing. If we are unable to effectively pass along the higher surety costs to our customers, any increase in surety costs could adversely affect our operating results. We cannot assure you that we will have continued access to surety credit or that we will be able to secure bonds economically, without additional collateral, or at the levels required for any potential facility development or contract bids. If we are unable to obtain adequate levels of surety credit on favorable terms, we would have to rely upon letters of credit under our senior secured credit facility, which would entail higher costs even if such borrowing capacity was available when desired at the time, and our ability to bid for or obtain new contracts could be impaired.

25


Table of Contents

Our issuance of additional series of preferred stock could adversely affect holders of our common stock and discourage a takeover.

Our board of directors has the power to issue up to 50.0 million shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders. Our board of directors also has the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any new series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up and other terms. In the event that we issue additional shares of preferred stock in the future that has preference over our common stock, with respect to payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of the holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders may impede a takeover of us and prevent a transaction favorable to our stockholders.

Our charter and bylaws and Maryland law could make it difficult for a third party to acquire our company.

The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could delay, deter or prevent a change in control of our company or our management. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions:

  •   authorize us to issue “blank check” preferred stock, which is preferred stock that can be created and issued by our board of directors, without stockholder approval, with rights senior to those of common stock;
 
  •   provide that directors may be removed with or without cause only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon; and
 
  •   establish advance notice requirements for submitting nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Maryland law, which could also delay or prevent a change of control. Together, these provisions of our charter and bylaws and Maryland law may discourage transactions that otherwise could provide for the payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our common stock, and also could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Leveraged Capital Structure

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our debt securities.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2004, we had total indebtedness of $1.0 billion. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

  •   make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness;

26


Table of Contents

  •   increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •   require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •   limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
  •   place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

  •   limit our ability to borrow additional funds or refinance existing indebtedness on favorable terms.

Our senior secured credit facility and other debt instruments have restrictive covenants that could affect our financial condition.

The indenture related to our aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million 9.875% senior notes due 2009, the indenture related to our aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million 7.5% senior notes due 2011, the indenture related to our aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million 7.5% senior notes due 2011, collectively referred to herein as our senior notes, and our senior secured credit facility contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our ability to borrow under our senior secured credit facility is subject to financial covenants, including leverage, interest rate and fixed charge coverage ratios. Our senior secured credit facility limits our ability to effect mergers, asset sales and change of control events. These covenants also contain restrictions regarding our ability to make certain capital expenditures in the future. The indentures related to our senior notes contain limitations on our ability to effect mergers and change of control events, as well as other limitations, including:

  •   limitations on incurring additional indebtedness;
 
  •   limitations on the sale of assets;
 
  •   limitations on the declaration and payment of dividends or other restricted payments;
 
  •   limitations on transactions with affiliates; and
 
  •   limitations on liens.

Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts. We do not have sufficient working capital to satisfy our debt obligations in the event of an acceleration of all or a significant portion of our outstanding indebtedness.

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is

27


Table of Contents

subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

The risk exists that our business will be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will not be available to us under our senior secured credit facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including our existing senior notes, or new debt securities, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including our senior notes, or new debt securities, on or before maturity. We may not, however, be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility and including our senior notes, or new debt securities on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Because portions of our indebtedness have floating interest rates, a general increase in interest rates will adversely affect cash flows.

Our senior secured credit facility bears interest at a variable rate. To the extent our exposure to increases in interest rates is not eliminated through interest rate protection agreements, such increases will adversely affect our cash flows. We do not currently have any interest rate protection agreements in place to protect against interest rate fluctuations related to our senior secured credit facility. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for a further discussion of our exposure to interest rate increases.

We are required to repurchase all or a portion of our senior notes upon a change of control.

Upon certain change of control events, as that term is defined in the indentures for our senior notes, including a change of control caused by an unsolicited third party, we are required to make an offer in cash to repurchase all or any part of each holder’s notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal thereof, plus accrued interest. The source of funds for any such repurchase would be our available cash or cash generated from operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of equity or funds provided by a new controlling person or entity. Sufficient funds may not be available to us, however, at the time of any change of control event to repurchase all or a portion of the tendered notes pursuant to this requirement. Our failure to offer to repurchase notes, or to repurchase notes tendered, following a change of control will result in a default under the respective indentures, which could lead to a cross-default under our senior secured credit facility and under the terms of our other indebtedness. In addition, our senior secured credit facility prohibits us from making any such required repurchases. Prior to repurchasing the notes upon a change of control event, we must either repay outstanding indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility or obtain the consent of the lenders under our senior secured credit facility. If we do not obtain the required consents or repay our outstanding indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility, we would remain effectively prohibited from offering to purchase the notes.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

The properties we owned at December 31, 2004 are described under Item 1. and in Note 4 of the Notes to the Financial Statements contained in this annual report.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

General. The nature of our business results in claims and litigation alleging that we are liable for damages arising from the conduct of our employees, inmates or others. We maintain insurance to cover many of these claims which may mitigate the risk that any single claim would have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, provided the claim

28


Table of Contents

is one for which coverage is available. The combination of self-insured retentions and deductible amounts means that, in the aggregate, we are subject to substantial self-insurance risk. In the opinion of management, other than those described below, there are no pending legal proceedings that would have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Adversarial proceedings and litigation are, however, subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable decisions and rulings could occur which could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for a period in which such decisions or rulings occur, or future periods.

The USCC ESOP Litigation. During the second quarter of 2002, we completed the settlement of certain claims made against us as the successor to U.S. Corrections Corporation (“USCC”), a privately-held owner and operator of correctional and detention facilities which was acquired by a predecessor of ours in April 1998, by participants in USCC’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). As a result of the settlement, we made a cash payment of $575,000 to the plaintiffs in the action. As described below, we are currently in litigation with USCC’s insurer seeking to recover all or a portion of this settlement amount.

The USCC ESOP litigation, entitled Horn v. McQueen, continued to proceed, however, against two other defendants, Milton Thompson and Robert McQueen, both of whom were stockholders and executive officers of USCC and trustees of the ESOP prior to our acquisition of USCC. In the Horn litigation, the ESOP participants alleged numerous violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, including breaches of fiduciary duties to the ESOP by causing the ESOP to overpay for employer securities. On July 29, 2002, the United States District Court of the Western District of Kentucky found that McQueen and Thompson had breached their fiduciary duties to the ESOP and had acted to benefit themselves to the detriment of the ESOP participants. In January 2005, the Court determined that the plaintiffs were entitled to recover approximately $21 million in damages, including pre-judgment interest, from McQueen and Thompson.

In or about the second quarter of 2001, Northfield Insurance Co. (“Northfield”), the issuer of the liability insurance policy to USCC and its directors and officers, filed suit against McQueen, Thompson and us seeking a declaration that it did not owe coverage under the policy for any liabilities arising from the Horn litigation. Among other things, Northfield claimed that it did not receive timely notice of the litigation under the terms of the policy. McQueen and Thompson subsequently filed a cross-claim in the Northfield litigation against us in which they asserted we were obligated to indemnify them for any liability arising out of the Horn litigation, which could now total more than $21 million. Among other claims, McQueen and Thompson assert that, as the result of our alleged failure to timely notify the insurance carrier of the Horn case on their behalf, they were entitled to indemnification or contribution from us for any loss incurred by them as a result of the Horn litigation if there were no insurance available to cover the loss.

On September 30, 2002, the Court in the Northfield litigation found that Northfield was not obligated to cover McQueen and Thompson or us. Though it did not then resolve the cross-claim, the Court did note that there was no basis for excusing McQueen and Thompson from their independent obligation to provide timely notice to the carrier because of our alleged failure to provide timely notice to the carrier. On March 31, 2004 the United States District Court granted our summary judgment motion with respect to most of the contentions made by McQueen and Thompson in their effort to seek indemnification. In January 2005, we filed an additional motion for summary judgment on the remaining theory of liability asserted by McQueen and Thompson in the federal lawsuit. McQueen and Thompson have also filed a state court action essentially duplicating their cross-claim in the federal case, and we have initiated claims against the lawyer who jointly represented us, McQueen and Thompson in the Horn litigation. In addition, we have asserted claims

29


Table of Contents

against McQueen and Thompson for indemnification for the $575,000 and attorneys’ fees incurred by us in connection with the Horn litigation.

We cannot predict whether we will be successful in recovering all or a portion of the amount we have paid in settlement of the Horn litigation. With respect to the cross-claim and the state court claims made by McQueen and Thompson, we believe that such claims are without merit and that we will be able to defend ourselves successfully against such claims and/or any additional claims of such nature that may be brought in the future; however, no assurance can be given that we will prevail in either the federal proceedings or the state proceedings. If we were ordered to indemnify McQueen and Thompson in whole or in part, such an outcome could have a material adverse affect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Corrections Facilities Development, LLC Litigation. During the first quarter of 2005, we settled a lawsuit we filed against Corrections Facilities Development, LLC (“CFD”) seeking a declaratory judgment regarding our obligations pursuant to a consulting agreement, as amended, with CFD and the validity of that agreement under applicable law. CFD had filed certain counterclaims against us. The settlement of that lawsuit has resulted in the dismissal of all claims and will not have a material adverse affect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

30


Table of Contents

PART II.

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

Market Price of and Distributions on Capital Stock

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “CXW.” On March 1, 2005, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $37.53 per share and there were approximately 6,100 registered holders and approximately 31,000 beneficial holders, respectively, of our common stock.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal quarters indicated, the range of high and low sales prices of the common stock.

Common Stock

                 
    SALES PRICE  
    HIGH     LOW  
FISCAL YEAR 2004
               
First Quarter
  $ 35.78     $ 27.66  
Second Quarter
  $ 39.89     $ 33.50  
Third Quarter
  $ 41.15     $ 32.54  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 40.81     $ 33.53  
 
               
FISCAL YEAR 2003
               
First Quarter
  $ 18.35     $ 16.42  
Second Quarter
  $ 25.74     $ 17.48  
Third Quarter
  $ 27.36     $ 21.00  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 29.48     $ 24.40  

Dividend Policy

During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we did not pay any dividends on our common stock. Pursuant to the terms of our senior secured credit facility, we are restricted from declaring or paying cash dividends with respect to outstanding shares of our common stock. Moreover, even if such restriction is ultimately removed, we currently do not intend to pay dividends with respect to shares of our common stock.

Recent Issuances of Unregistered Securities

The following description sets forth our issuances of unregistered equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2004 that have not been previously reported in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or a current report on Form 8-K. Unless otherwise indicated, all equity securities were issued and sold in private placements pursuant to the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and no underwriters were engaged in connection with the issuances of such equity securities.

Issuances to Directors. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we issued 1,680 shares of common stock to certain members of our board of directors who have elected to receive a portion of their compensation in shares of our common stock rather than in cash pursuant to our Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan.

31


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

The following selected financial data for the five years ended December 31, 2004, was derived from our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, and “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 are included in this annual report. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, all prior years presented have been reclassified to reflect discontinued operations.

32


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(in thousands, except per share data)

                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS:
                                       
 
                                       
Revenue:
                                       
Management and other
  $ 1,144,413     $ 1,025,493     $ 925,820     $ 898,072     $ 231,764  
Rental
    3,845       3,742       3,701       5,718       40,232  
Licensing fees from affiliates
                            7,566  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total revenue
    1,148,258       1,029,235       929,521       903,790       279,562  
 
                             
 
                                       
Expenses:
                                       
Operating
    870,572       766,468       712,738       689,793       189,936  
General and administrative
    48,186       40,467       36,907       34,568       45,463  
Depreciation and amortization
    54,511       52,930       51,291       52,639       58,812  
Fees paid to a company acquired in 2000
                            1,401  
Write-off of amounts under lease arrangements
                            11,920  
Impairment losses
                            527,842  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total expenses
    973,269       859,865       800,936       777,000       835,374  
 
                             
 
                                       
Operating income (loss)
    174,989       169,370       128,585       126,790       (555,812 )
 
                                       
Other (income) expense:
                                       
Interest expense, net
    69,177       74,446       87,478       126,242       131,545  
Expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions
    101       6,687       36,670              
Change in fair value of derivative instruments
          (2,900 )     (2,206 )     (14,554 )      
Stockholder litigation settlements
                            75,406  
Other (income) expense
    943       (414 )     (359 )     483       18,419  
 
                             
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest, and cumulative effect of accounting change
    104,768       91,551       7,002       14,619       (781,182 )
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (42,126 )     52,352       63,284       3,358       48,738  
 
                             
Income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest and cumulative effect of accounting change
    62,642       143,903       70,286       17,977       (732,444 )
Minority interest
                            254  
 
                             
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
    62,642       143,903       70,286       17,977       (732,190 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (99 )     (2,120 )     2,074       7,717       1,408  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (80,276 )            
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income (loss)
    62,543       141,783       (7,916 )     25,694       (730,782 )
 
                                       
Distributions to preferred stockholders
    (1,462 )     (15,262 )     (20,959 )     (20,024 )     (13,526 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 61,081     $ 126,521     $ (28,875 )   $ 5,670     $ (744,308 )
 
                             

(continued)

33


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(in thousands, except per share data)
(continued)

                                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                                       
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 1.74     $ 3.99     $ 1.78     $ (0.08 )   $ (56.79 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (0.07 )     0.08       0.31       0.11  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (2.90 )            
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.74     $ 3.92     $ (1.04 )   $ 0.23     $ (56.68 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                                       
 
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 1.55     $ 3.50     $ 1.61     $ (0.08 )   $ (56.79 )
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (0.06 )     0.06       0.31       0.11  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (2.49 )            
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.55     $ 3.44     $ (0.82 )   $ 0.23     $ (56.68 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                       
Basic
    35,059       32,245       27,669       24,380       13,132  
Diluted
    39,780       38,049       32,208       24,380       13,132  
                                         
    December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002     2001     2000  
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
                                       
 
                                       
Total assets
  $ 2,023,078     $ 1,959,028     $ 1,874,071     $ 1,971,280     $ 2,176,992  
Total debt
  $ 1,002,295     $ 1,003,428     $ 955,959     $ 963,600     $ 1,152,570  
Total liabilities
  $ 1,207,084     $ 1,183,563     $ 1,140,073     $ 1,224,119     $ 1,488,977  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 815,994     $ 775,465     $ 733,998     $ 747,161     $ 688,015  

In connection with a merger completed in 1999, we elected to change our tax status from a taxable corporation to a real estate investment trust, or REIT, effective with the filing of our 1999 federal income tax return. As a REIT, we were dependent on a company, as a lessee, for a significant source of our income. In connection with a restructuring in 2000, we acquired the company on October 1, 2000 and two additional service companies on December 1, 2000, and amended our charter to remove provisions requiring us to elect to qualify and be taxed as a REIT. Therefore, the 2000 financial statements reflect our operation for a part of the year as an owner and lessor of prisons and other correctional facilities, and a part of the year as an owner, operator and manager of prisons and other correctional facilities. The financial statements for 2001 through 2004 reflect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a full year as an owner, operator and manager of prisons and other correctional facilities.

34


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and included in other portions of this report.

OVERVIEW

The Company

As of December 31, 2004, we owned 42 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, three of which we lease to other operators. We currently operate 64 facilities, with a total design capacity of approximately 70,000 beds in 19 states and the District of Columbia. We are the nation’s largest owner and operator of privatized correctional and detention facilities and one of the largest prison operators in the United States behind only the federal government and three states. Our size and experience provide us with significant credibility with our current and prospective customers, and enables us to generate economies of scale in purchasing power for food services, health care and other supplies and services we offer to our customers.

We are compensated for operating and managing prisons and correctional facilities at an inmate per diem rate based upon actual or minimum guaranteed occupancy levels. The significant expansion of the prison population in the United States has led to overcrowding in the state and federal prison systems, providing us with opportunities for growth. However, recent economic developments have caused federal, state, and local governments to experience unusual budgetary constraints, putting pressure on governments to control correctional budgets, including per diem rates our customers pay to us. Nonetheless, while these constraints have and are expected to continue to put pressure on our operating margins, we believe the outsourcing of prison management services to private operators allows governments to manage increasing inmate populations while simultaneously controlling correctional costs and improving correctional services. We believe our customers discover that partnering with private operators to provide residential services to their inmates introduces competition to their prison system, resulting in improvements to the quality and cost of corrections services throughout their correctional system. Further, the use of facilities owned and managed by private operators allows governments to expand prison capacity without incurring large capital commitments required to increase correctional capacity.

We also believe that having beds immediately available to our customers provides us with a distinct competitive advantage when bidding on new contracts. While we have been successful in winning contract awards to provide management services for facilities we do not own, and will continue to pursue such management contracts, we believe the most significant opportunities for growth are in providing our government partners with available beds within facilities we currently own or develop. We also believe that owning the facilities in which we provide management services enables us to more rapidly replace business lost compared with managed-only facilities, since we can offer the same beds to new and existing customers and, with customer consent, may have more flexibility in moving our existing inmate populations to facilities with available capacity. All of our management contracts generally provide our customers with the right to terminate our management contracts at any time without cause.

We currently have four correctional facilities, our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center, our North Fork Correctional Facility, our Crowley County Correctional Facility and our Prairie Correctional

35


Table of Contents

Facility, which are substantially vacant and provide us with approximately 5,500 available beds. On December 23, 2004, we were awarded a new contract from the BOP to house approximately 1,195 federal inmates at the Northeast Ohio Correctional Center. We expect to begin receiving inmates pursuant to this contract during the second quarter of 2005. We also have an additional facility located in Stewart County, Georgia, which is partially complete. This facility, which is expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2005, will bring approximately 1,500 additional beds on-line. In addition to these facilities, as of December 31, 2004, we also had a total of five facilities that had 200 or more beds available at each facility, providing further potential for increased revenue and cash flow.

As a result of the completion of our recapitalization and refinancing transactions during the previous three years, we have significantly reduced our exposure to variable rate debt, lowered our after tax interest and dividend obligations associated with our outstanding debt and preferred stock, and now have no debt maturities on outstanding indebtedness until 2008. Also as a result of the completion of these capital transactions, covenants under our senior secured credit facility were amended to provide greater flexibility for, among other matters, incurring unsecured indebtedness, capital expenditures, and permitted acquisitions, providing us with the financial flexibility to afford the capital investments to create additional beds without unduly straining our capital structure. Standard and Poor’s currently rates our senior secured debt as “BB-” and our senior unsecured debt as “B.” Moody’s Investors Service currently rates our senior secured debt as “Ba3” and our senior unsecured debt as “B1.”

We are utilizing our financial flexibility and liquidity to strategically add bed capacity in a prudent manner. During 2004 we completed the expansion of 1,652 beds at five of our facilities, which we expect to fill with existing customers. In addition, during September 2003, we announced our intention to complete construction of our 1,524-bed Stewart County Correctional Facility located in Stewart County, Georgia, which is expected to be complete during the second quarter of 2005. During February 2005, we announced the commencement of construction of the Red Rock Correctional Center, a new 1,596-bed correctional facility located in Eloy, Arizona, which is expected to be complete during the first quarter of 2006.

We are also utilizing our financial flexibility and liquidity to continue making investments in technology. While we have been successful in reducing our variable expenses primarily by taking advantage of our purchasing power, we believe the largest opportunity for further reducing our operating expenses depends on our ability to modernize our facility operations through investments in technology. We believe investments in technology can enable us to operate safe and secure facilities with more efficient, highly skilled and better-trained staff, and to reduce turnover. Approximately 64% of our operating expenses consist of salaries and benefits. Containing these costs will continue to be challenging. Further, the turnover rate for correctional officers for our company, and for the corrections industry in general, remains high, and medical benefits for our employees continue to increase primarily due to continued rising healthcare costs throughout the country. Unlike the savings reaped in our variable operating expenses, reducing these staffing costs requires a long-term strategy to control such costs through the deployment of newly developed technologies, many of which are unique and new to the corrections industry.

Through the combination of our business development initiatives to increase our revenues by taking advantage of our available beds, and our strategies to generate savings and to contain our operating expenses, we believe we will be able to maintain our competitive advantage and continue to improve the quality services we provide to our customers at an economical price, thereby producing value to our stockholders.

36


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. As such, we are required to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe are reasonable based upon the information available. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. A summary of our significant accounting policies is described in Note 2 to our audited financial statements. The significant accounting policies and estimates which we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:

Asset impairments. As of December 31, 2004, we had $1.7 billion in long-lived assets. We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying values of our long-lived assets, other than goodwill, when events suggest that an impairment may have occurred. In these circumstances, we utilize estimates of undiscounted cash flows to determine if an impairment exists. If an impairment exists, it is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

Goodwill impairments. Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” or SFAS 142, which established new accounting and reporting requirements for goodwill and other intangible assets. Under SFAS 142, all goodwill amortization ceased effective January 1, 2002 and goodwill attributable to each of our reporting units was tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. Fair value was determined using a collaboration of various common valuation techniques, including market multiples, discounted cash flows, and replacement cost methods. These impairment tests are required to be performed at adoption of SFAS 142 and at least annually thereafter. We perform our impairment tests during the fourth quarter, in connection with our annual budgeting process, and whenever circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable.

Based on our initial impairment tests, we recognized an impairment of $80.3 million to write-off the carrying value of goodwill associated with our locations included in the owned and managed reporting segment during the first quarter of 2002. This goodwill was established in connection with the acquisition of a company during 2000. The remaining goodwill, which is associated with the facilities we manage but do not own, was deemed to be not impaired. This remaining goodwill was established in connection with the acquisitions of two service companies during 2000, both of which were privately-held service companies, that managed certain government-owned adult and juvenile prison and jail facilities. The implied fair value of goodwill of the locations included in the owned and managed reporting segment did not support the carrying value of any goodwill, primarily due to the highly leveraged capital structure. No impairment of goodwill allocated to the locations included in the managed-only reporting segment was deemed necessary, primarily because of the relatively minimal capital expenditure requirements, and therefore indebtedness, in connection with obtaining such management contracts. Under SFAS 142, the impairment recognized at adoption of the new rules was reflected as a cumulative effect of accounting change in our statement of operations for the first quarter of 2002. Impairment adjustments recognized after adoption, if any, are required to be recognized as operating expenses.

Income taxes. Income taxes are accounted for under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). SFAS 109 generally requires us to record deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between book and tax bases of our assets and liabilities.

37


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including our past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of our deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. Prior to the year ended December 31, 2003, we provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve our deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. However, at December 31, 2003, we concluded that it was more likely than not that substantially all of our deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, in accordance with SFAS 109, the valuation allowance applied to such deferred tax assets was reversed.

Removal of the valuation allowance resulted in a significant non-cash reduction in income tax expense. In addition, because a portion of the previously recorded valuation allowance was established to reserve certain deferred tax assets upon the acquisitions of two service companies during 2000, in accordance with SFAS 109, removal of the valuation allowance resulted in a reduction to the remaining goodwill recorded in connection with such acquisitions to the extent the reversal related to the valuation allowance applied to deferred tax assets existing at the date the service companies were acquired. In addition, removal of the valuation allowance resulted in an increase in our additional paid-in capital related to the tax benefits of exercises of employee stock options and of grants of restricted stock. The reduction to goodwill amounted to $4.5 million, while additional paid-in capital increased $2.6 million.

During 2003, the Internal Revenue Service (“the IRS”) completed its field audit of our 2001 federal income tax return. During the fourth quarter of 2004, the 2001 audit results underwent a review by the Joint Committee on Taxation, a division of the IRS. Based on that review, the IRS adjusted the carryback claims we filed on our 2001 and 2002 federal income tax returns, requiring us to repay approximately $16.3 million of refunds we received during 2002 and 2003 as a result of tax law changes provided by the “Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002.” A portion of our tax loss was deemed not to be available for carryback to 1997 and 1996 due to our restructuring that occurred between 1997 and 2001. However, we will carry this tax loss forward to offset future taxable income. While the adjustment did not result in a loss of deductions claimed, we were obligated to repay the amount of the adjusted refund, plus interest of approximately $2.9 million, or $1.7 million after taxes, through December 31, 2004. These obligations were accrued in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004, and were paid during the first quarter of 2005.

The repayment of the refund adjusted by the IRS resulted in an increase in the amount of deferred tax assets reflected on our balance sheet for the incremental net operating losses made available to offset taxable income in the future. Prior to this finding by the IRS, we expected to generate sufficient taxable income during 2005 to utilize our remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards. Although the increase in our net operating loss carryforwards resulting from the repayment effectively extends the date in which our net operating loss carryforwards are fully utilized, we nonetheless still expect to generate sufficient taxable income during 2005 to utilize all of our remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards. As a result, the IRS finding and corresponding payment effectively accelerated to the first quarter of 2005 the cash taxes we expected to pay more evenly throughout 2005, having no material impact on the total estimated cash flows for 2005.

Although we expect to utilize our remaining federal net operating losses in 2005, we have approximately $10.3 million in net operating losses applicable to various states that we expect to

38


Table of Contents

carry forward in future years to offset taxable income in such states. These net operating losses begin expiring in 2005. Accordingly, we have a valuation allowance of $1.0 million for the estimated amount of the net operating losses that will expire unused, in addition to a $5.5 million valuation allowance related to state tax credits that are also expected to expire unused. Although our estimate of future taxable income is based on current assumptions we believe to be reasonable, our assumptions may prove inaccurate and could change in the future, which could result in the expiration of additional net operating losses or credits. We would be required to establish a valuation allowance at such time that we no longer expected to utilize these net operating losses or credits, which could result in a material impact on our results of operations in the future.

Self-funded insurance reserves. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had $34.4 million and $32.0 million, respectively, in accrued liabilities for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile insurance claims. We are significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance claims. As such, our insurance expense is largely dependent on claims experience and our ability to control our claims. We have consistently accrued the estimated liability for employee health insurance claims based on our history of claims experience and the time lag between the incident date and the date the cost is paid by us. We have accrued the estimated liability for workers’ compensation and automobile insurance claims based on a third-party actuarial valuation of the outstanding liabilities. These estimates could change in the future. It is possible that future cash flows and results of operations could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions, new developments, or by the effectiveness of our strategies.

Legal reserves. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had $17.2 million and $20.2 million, respectively, in accrued liabilities related to certain legal proceedings in which we are involved. We have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims based on a range of potential outcomes. In addition, we are subject to current and potential future legal proceedings for which little or no accrual has been reflected because our current assessment of the potential exposure is nominal. These estimates have been developed in consultation with our General Counsel’s office and, as appropriate, outside counsel handling these matters, and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible that future cash flows and results of operations could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions, new developments, or by the effectiveness of our strategies.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, the number of facilities we owned and managed, the number of facilities we managed but did not own, the number of facilities we leased to other operators, and the facilities we owned that were not yet in operation.

39


Table of Contents

                                         
    Owned                          
    and     Managed                    
    Managed     Only     Leased     Incomplete     Total  
Facilities as of December 31, 2002
    37       23       3       1       64  
 
                                       
Purchase of Crowley County Correctional Facility
    1                         1  
Expiration of the management contract for the Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center
          (1 )                 (1 )
Expiration of the management contract for the Lawrenceville Correctional Facility
          (1 )                 (1 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Facilities as of December 31, 2003
    38       21       3       1       63  
 
                             
 
                                       
Management contracts awarded by the Texas Department of Criminal Justice, net
          5                   5  
Management contract awarded for the Delta Correctional Facility
          1                   1  
Expiration of the management contract for the Tall Trees Facility
          (1 )                 (1 )
Expiration of the management contract for the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center
          (1 )                 (1 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Facilities as of December 31, 2004
    38       25       3       1       67  
 
                             

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2003

During the year ended December 31, 2004, we generated net income available to common stockholders of $61.1 million, or $1.55 per diluted share, compared with net income available to common stockholders of $126.5 million, or $3.44 per diluted share, for the previous year. Contributing to the net income for 2004 compared to the previous year was an increase in operating income of $5.6 million, from $169.4 million during 2003 to $175.0 million during 2004 as a result of an increase in occupancy levels and new management contracts, partially offset by an increase in general and administrative expenses. Net income available to common stockholders was negatively impacted during 2004 as compared to 2003 due to the recognition of an income tax provision in accordance with SFAS 109 during 2004, amounting to $42.1 million, or $1.06 per diluted share, compared with an income tax benefit of $52.4 million, or $1.38 per diluted share during 2003. The income tax benefit during 2003 was primarily the result of our reversal of substantially all of the valuation allowance previously established for our deferred tax assets.

Net income available to common stockholders during 2004 was favorably impacted by the refinancing and recapitalization transactions completed during the second and third quarters of 2003. These transactions included the issuance of 6.4 million shares of common stock at a price of $19.50 per share, along with the issuances of an aggregate $450.0 million principal amount of 7.5% senior notes. The proceeds from these issuances were used to (i) purchase 3.4 million shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of our $40.0 million convertible subordinated notes with a stated rate of 10.0% plus contingent interest accrued at 5.5% (and to pay accrued interest on the notes through the date of purchase) at a price of $19.50 per share, (ii) purchase 3.7 million shares of our 12% series B preferred stock that were tendered in a tender offer at a price of $26.00 per share, including all accrued and unpaid dividends on such shares, (iii) redeem 4.0 million shares of our 8% series A preferred stock at a price of $25.00 per share, plus accrued dividends to the redemption date, and (iv) pay-down a portion of our senior bank credit facility. In connection with the debt issuance during the third quarter of 2003, we also obtained an amendment to our senior bank credit facility that, among other changes, lowered the interest rate applicable to the outstanding balance on the

40


Table of Contents

facility. These refinancing and recapitalization transactions effectively reduced the average interest rates on a significant portion of our outstanding indebtedness, and substantially reduced the after-tax dividend obligations associated with our outstanding preferred stock. Partially offsetting the favorable impacts of the refinancing and recapitalization transactions, the Company recorded a non-cash gain of $2.9 million during 2003 associated with the extinguishment of a promissory note issued in connection with certain stockholder litigation that was settled during the first quarter of 2001. In addition, financial results for 2003 included a charge of $6.7 million for expenses associated with the refinancing and recapitalization transactions completed in the second and third quarters of 2003.

During the first and second quarters of 2004, the Company completed the redemption of the remaining shares of both series A and series B preferred stock at the stated rates of $25.00 per share and $24.46 per share, respectively, plus accrued dividends to the redemption date, and obtained an additional amendment to the senior bank credit facility further lowering the interest rate spread applicable to the term loan portion of the facility.

Our financial results were also favorably impacted by an increase in the amount of interest capitalized, from $0.9 million during 2003 to $5.8 million during 2004, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 34, “Capitalization of Interest” associated with the construction and expansion projects during 2004 at six of our facilities. We funded these construction and expansion projects with cash on hand and with cash generated from operating activities.

Facility Operations

A key performance indicator we use to measure the revenue and expenses associated with the operation of the facilities we own or manage is expressed in terms of a compensated man-day, and represents the revenue we generate and expenses we incur for one inmate for one calendar day. Revenue and expenses per compensated man-day are computed by dividing facility revenue and expenses by the total number of compensated man-days during the period. A compensated man-day represents a calendar day for which we are paid for the occupancy of an inmate. We believe the measurement is useful because we are compensated for operating and managing facilities at an inmate per-diem rate based upon actual or minimum guaranteed occupancy levels. We also measure our ability to contain costs on a per-compensated man-day basis, which is largely dependent upon the number of inmates we accommodate. Further, per man-day measurements are also used to estimate our potential profitability based on certain occupancy levels relative to design capacity. Revenue and expenses per compensated man-day for all of the facilities we owned or managed, exclusive of those discontinued (see further discussion below regarding discontinued operations), were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:

                 
    For the Years Ended  
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 49.18     $ 50.97  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    27.69       27.96  
Variable expense
    9.25       9.75  
 
           
Total
    36.94       37.71  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 12.24     $ 13.26  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    24.9 %     26.0 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    94.7 %     93.0 %
 
           

41


Table of Contents

Business from our federal customers, including the Bureau of Prisons, or the BOP, the United States Marshals Service, or the USMS, and the United States Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement, or ICE, remains strong, while many of our state customers continue to experience budget difficulties. Our federal customers generated 37% of our total revenue for both the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. While the budget difficulties experienced by our state customers present challenges with respect to our per-diem rates resulting in pressure on our management revenue in future quarters, these governmental entities are also constrained with respect to funds available for prison construction. We believe the lack of new bed supply combined with state budget difficulties has contributed to the increase in our occupancy and has led several states, some of which have never utilized the private sector, to outsource their correctional needs to us. We currently expect these trends to continue.

Additionally, as expected, we experienced a modest reduction in our operating margins during 2004 compared with 2003 as a result of recent contract awards for facilities we manage but do not own, which, as further described hereafter, provide per diem rates and operating margins at lower levels than our owned and managed business. We entered into these contracts knowing our overall per diem rates and operating margins would decrease slightly; however, the opportunity to both expand our level of service with existing customers and provide services to new customers with very little capital requirements outweighed the effects of the operating margin reductions. Our operating margins were also negatively impacted by the expenses incurred in connection with the resumption of operations and the process of ramping up occupancy at three of our facilities, the Northeast Ohio Correctional Center located in Youngstown, Ohio during the second and third quarters of 2004, the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility located in Tutwiler, Mississippi during the first and second quarters of 2004, and the managed-only Delta Correctional Facility located in Greenwood, Mississippi during the second quarter of 2004.

Operating expenses totaled $870.6 million and $766.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Operating expenses consist of those expenses incurred in the operation and management of adult and juvenile correctional and detention facilities, and for our inmate transportation subsidiary.

Salaries and benefits represent the most significant component of fixed operating expenses. Approximately 64% of our operating expenses consist of salaries and benefits. During 2004, salaries and benefits expense at our correctional and detention facilities increased $66.4 million from 2003. The increase in salaries and benefits expense was primarily due to the commencement of operations during January 2004 at six correctional facilities located in Texas pursuant to management contracts awarded by the Texas Department of Criminal Justice (“TDCJ”), as well as marginal increases in staffing levels at numerous facilities across the portfolio to meet rising inmate population needs. However, due to the increase in occupancy, actual salaries and benefits per compensated man-day declined $0.41 per compensated man-day during 2004 as compared to the prior year, as we were able to leverage our salaries and benefits over a larger inmate population. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in utilities expense of $0.08 per compensated man-day due to rising energy costs across the country.

While we were successful in containing or reducing most types of variable expenses, the reduction in variable operating expenses per compensated man-day to $9.25 per compensated man-day during 2004 from $9.75 per compensated man-day during 2003 was primarily due to a reduction in expenses related to legal proceedings in which we are involved, and a decrease in inmate medical expenses. Under the terms of the new Texas management contracts, the TDCJ retained responsibility for all inmate medical requirements.

42


Table of Contents

The operation of the facilities we own carries a higher degree of risk associated with a management contract than the operation of the facilities we manage but do not own because we incur significant capital expenditures to construct or acquire facilities we own. Additionally, correctional and detention facilities have a limited or no alternative use. Therefore, if a management contract is terminated at a facility we own, we continue to incur certain operating expenses, such as real estate taxes, utilities, and insurance, that we would not incur if a management contract was terminated for a managed-only facility. As a result, revenue per compensated man-day is typically higher for facilities we own and manage than for managed-only facilities. Because we incur higher expenses, such as repairs and maintenance, real estate taxes, and insurance, on the facilities we own and manage, our cost structure for facilities we own and manage is also higher than the cost structure for the managed-only facilities. The following tables display the revenue and expenses per compensated man-day for the facilities we own and manage and for the facilities we manage but do not own:

                 
    For the Years Ended  
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
Owned and Managed Facilities:
               
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 57.02     $ 55.25  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    30.81       29.34  
Variable expense
    9.96       10.13  
 
           
Total
    40.77       39.47  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 16.25     $ 15.78  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    28.5 %     28.6 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    90.3 %     88.6 %
 
           
 
               
Managed Only Facilities:
               
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 37.23     $ 42.22  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    22.94       25.14  
Variable expense
    8.15       8.97  
 
           
Total
    31.09       34.11  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 6.14     $ 8.11  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    16.5 %     19.2 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    102.4 %     103.5 %
 
           

The following discussions under “Owned and Managed Facilities” and “Managed-Only Facilities” address significant events that impacted our results of operations for the respective periods, and events that will affect our results of operations in the future.

Owned and Managed Facilities

During January 2004, we entered into an agreement with the state of Vermont to manage up to 700 inmates. The contractual agreement represents the first time the state of Vermont has partnered with the private corrections sector to provide residential services for its inmates. The contractual terms provide for the out-of-state management of male, medium-security Vermont inmates primarily in two of our owned and managed prisons in Kentucky, including Lee Adjustment Center in Beattyville, and Marion Adjustment Center in St. Mary. The influx of inmates from the state of Vermont during 2004, contributed $5.5 million in additional revenue.

43


Table of Contents

Due to a combination of rate increases and/or an increase in population at four of our facilities, including our 2,304-bed Central Arizona Detention Center, 1,600-bed Florence Correctional Center, 1,232-bed San Diego Correctional Facility, and 866-bed D.C. Correctional Treatment Facility, primarily from the USMS, the ICE, and the District of Columbia, total management revenue increased during 2004 from the comparable period in 2003, by $33.5 million at these facilities.

During July 2004, an inmate disturbance at the Crowley County Correctional Facility located in Olney Springs, Colorado resulted in damage to the facility, requiring us to immediately transfer approximately 120 inmates to other of our facilities and approximately 65 inmates to facilities owned by the state of Colorado. As of December 31, 2004, repair of the facility was substantially complete. Revenues lost as a result of the transfer of inmates to the state of Colorado are expected to be mitigated by insurance. It is possible, however, that certain incremental costs resulting from the incident, and/or a portion of lost revenues, will not be recovered. Further, the timing of insurance recoveries and the further reduction of Colorado inmate populations since the disturbance has impacted, and management believes will continue to impact, short-term results.

During the third quarter of 2003, we transferred all of the Wisconsin inmates currently housed at our 1,440-bed medium security North Fork Correctional Facility located in Sayre, Oklahoma to our 2,160-bed medium security Diamondback Correctional Facility located in Watonga, Oklahoma in order to satisfy a contractual provision mandated by the state of Wisconsin. As a result of the transfer, North Fork Correctional Facility will remain closed for an indefinite period of time. Accordingly, total management revenue decreased by $12.4 million at this facility during 2004 compared with 2003. We are currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the beds that became available at the North Fork Correctional Facility, but can provide no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.

During 2004, as expected, the state of Wisconsin reduced the number of inmates housed at both our Diamondback Correctional Facility and our Prairie Correctional Facility by opening various facilities owned by the State. As further discussed below, the available beds at Diamondback Correctional Facility, which resulted from the declining inmate population from the state of Wisconsin, have been substantially filled with inmates from the state of Arizona. As of December 31, 2004, the state of Wisconsin housed 68 inmates at the Prairie Correctional Facility, compared with approximately 1,900 Wisconsin inmates held at various facilities at December 31, 2003.

During May 2004, we announced the completion of new agreements with the states of Minnesota and North Dakota to house portions of those states’ inmates at the 1,550-bed Prairie Correctional Facility. Under the Minnesota agreement, we are managing an unspecified number of medium-security, male inmates at the Prairie facility. The population will fluctuate based on the State’s needs and the space available at the Prairie facility. The terms of the contract include an initial one-year period through June 30, 2005, with two one-year renewal options. The North Dakota agreement, which became effective in March 2004, had an initial term through February 2005 with an indefinite number of annual renewal options. The state of North Dakota has not yet exercised its option to renew the contract. However, we continue to house inmates under the contract and expect to receive notification of the renewal in the short term. This contract, similar to the Minnesota agreement, does not indicate a specific inmate population to be managed by us and is also expected to vary based on the State’s needs and space availability. While inmates received pursuant to these contracts will partially offset the reduction in inmate populations from Wisconsin, in the near term we do not expect these inmate populations to reach the levels previously housed at this facility from Wisconsin. At December 31, 2004, we housed 147 Minnesota and 35 North Dakota inmates. We also housed 110 inmates from the state of Washington at this facility pursuant to a contract awarded mid-2004, as further described below.

44


Table of Contents

During March 2004, we entered into an agreement with the state of Arizona to initially manage 1,200 Arizona inmates. The contractual terms provide for the out-of-state management of male, medium-security Arizona inmates at our Diamondback Correctional Facility. The initial contract term ended June 30, 2004, corresponding with Arizona’s fiscal year, and was renewed for one year on July 1, 2004. The contract allows for two more one year extension options. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 805 inmates from the state of Arizona at this facility.

During April 2004, we resumed operations at our 2,016-bed Northeast Ohio Correctional Center located in Youngstown, Ohio. We are managing federal prisoners from United States federal court districts that are experiencing a lack of detention space and/or high detention costs. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 287 federal prisoners at this facility. The operating revenues for 2004 were $3.4 million while the operating expenses were $8.5 million and $0.3 million for 2004 and 2003, respectively, at our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center. We believed that re-opening this facility put us in a competitive position to win contract awards for the utilization of the facility.

On December 23, 2004, we received a contract award from the BOP to house approximately 1,195 federal inmates at our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center. The contract, awarded as part of the Criminal Alien Requirement Phase 4 Solicitation (“CAR 4”), provides for an initial four-year term with three two-year renewal options. The terms of the contract provide for a 50% guaranteed rate of occupancy for 90 days following a Notice to Proceed, and a 90% guaranteed rate of occupancy thereafter. We expect to begin receiving BOP inmates at this facility in the second quarter of 2005.

During June 2003, we announced our first inmate management contract with the state of Alabama to house up to 1,440 medium security inmates in our Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility, located in Tutwiler, Mississippi, under a temporary emergency agreement to provide the state of Alabama immediate relief of its overcrowded prison system. The facility began receiving inmates in July 2003. Prior to receiving inmates from the state of Alabama, this facility was substantially idle. During January 2004, we received notice from the Alabama Department of Corrections that it would withdraw its inmates housed at the facility. Although the Alabama Department of Corrections withdrew all of their inmates from this facility by mid-March 2004, staffing levels were not reduced significantly at the facility due to negotiations with several potential customers to utilize the beds that became available at this facility. The facility incurred operating losses during 2004 and 2003 (including depreciation and amortization of $2.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively) of $3.6 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

During May 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement to house inmates from the state of Hawaii at the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility. The new agreement expires on June 30, 2006. In addition, during July 2004 we extended our current contracts to house Hawaiian inmates in our owned and operated Diamondback Correctional Facility, and our Florence Correctional Facility, located in Florence, Arizona for two additional years. Effective August 15, 2004, the combined contracts guarantee a minimum monthly average of 1,500 inmates to be housed at these three facilities. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 1,543 Hawaiian inmates at these three facilities, including 710 inmates at the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility.

In addition, during June 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement to house up to 128 maximum security inmates from the state of Colorado at the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility. The terms of the contract include a one-year agreement effective through June 30, 2005, with four one-year renewal options. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 121 inmates from the state of Colorado at the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility.

In addition, during October 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement with the Mississippi Department of Corrections. We expect to manage an initial population of 128 of the

45


Table of Contents

State’s maximum security inmates at the Tallahatchie facility. The terms of the contract include an initial period which concludes on June 30, 2006, and includes three one-year renewal options. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 127 Mississippi inmates at the Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility.

During July 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement with the state of Washington Department of Corrections. We expect to continue managing male, medium-security inmates at our Prairie Correctional Facility and our Florence Correctional Facility pursuant to this contract. The terms of the contract include an initial one-year period through June 30, 2005, with an unspecified number of renewal options. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 301 Washington inmates at two of our facilities.

We have been notified by the state of Indiana that during the second quarter of 2005 it will remove all of its inmates from our 656-bed Otter Creek Correctional Facility located in Wheelwright, Kentucky to utilize available capacity within the State’s correctional system. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 642 Indiana inmates at the Otter Creek Correctional Facility. We are currently negotiating with existing customers, as well as new customers, to take advantage of the beds that will become available at this facility, but can provide no assurance that we will be successful in replacing the inmates that will be removed from this facility or that the per diem from any such customers will yield as much cash flow as we generated from the state of Indiana.

During the second quarter of 2005, we expect to complete construction on our Stewart County Correctional Facility. Although we currently do not have a contract to house inmates at the 1,524-bed facility, our decision to complete construction was based on anticipated demand from several government customers having a need for inmate bed capacity in the Southeast region of the country. However, we can provide no assurance that we will be successful in utilizing the increased bed capacity. Once construction is complete we will incur depreciation expense on the new facility and will cease capitalizing interest on this project, which will have a negative affect on our results of operations. During 2004, we capitalized $4.3 million in interest costs incurred on this facility. We estimate the book value of the facility to be approximately $70.0 million upon completion of construction. We also expect our occupancy percentage to decline slightly as a result of the additional vacant beds available at the Stewart facility, if we are unable to utilize the beds when they are ready for use.

Fixed expenses per compensated man-day for our owned and managed facilities increased from $29.34 during 2003 to $30.81 during 2004 due primarily to an increase in fixed operating expense for salaries and benefits and utilities across the portfolio of facilities we manage.

Variable expenses per compensated man-day for our owned and managed facilities decreased from $10.13 during 2003 to $9.96 for 2004 due to the aforementioned decrease in litigation expenses across the portfolio of facilities we manage.

Managed-Only Facilities

In November 2003, we announced that the TDCJ awarded us new contracts to manage six state correctional facilities, as part of a procurement re-bid process. The management contracts, all of which became effective January 15, 2004, consist of four jails and two correctional facilities. Based on the TDCJ recommendation, we also retained our contract to manage the Bartlett State Jail, but were not awarded the contract to continue managing the 1,000-bed Sanders Estes Unit located in Venus, Texas, which expired January 15, 2004. Total management revenue increased $45.2 million during 2004 compared with 2003, due to the operation of these facilities, net of a reduction in revenue for the management contract not renewed.

46


Table of Contents

Total revenue per compensated man-day and total variable expenses per compensated man-day decreased for our managed-only facilities primarily because we did not assume responsibility for medical services for inmates provided under terms of our new contracts with the TDCJ. Eliminating this responsibility results in a lower per-diem rate; however, it also reduces the risk that our profitability will be eroded in the future by increasing medical costs. The new Texas contracts accounted for approximately 18% of the total revenue generated from the facilities we managed but did not own during 2004.

On March 23, 2004, we announced the completion of a contractual agreement with Mississippi’s Delta Correctional Authority to resume operations of the state-owned 1,016-bed Delta Correctional Facility located in Greenwood, Mississippi. We managed the medium security correctional facility for the Delta Correctional Authority from its opening in 1996 until the State closed the facility in 2002, due to excess capacity in the State’s corrections system. The March 2004 contract is for one year, with one two-year extension option. We began receiving inmates from the state of Mississippi at the facility on April 1, 2004. In addition, after completing the contractual agreement with the Delta Correctional Authority, we entered into an additional contract to manage inmates from Leflore County, Mississippi. This one-year contract provides for housing for up to 160 male inmates and up to 60 female inmates, and is renewable annually. As of December 31, 2004, we housed 955 and 127 inmates from the state of Mississippi and Leflore County, respectively.

Effective August 9, 2004, we elected to terminate our contract to manage the 63-bed Tall Trees juvenile facility owned by Shelby County and located in Memphis, TN. The operating revenues for this facility for during 2004 were $0.5 million, while the operating expenses were $0.9 million.

Our contract for the 1,440-bed David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center expires June 2005. Rather than renew the contract pursuant to its renewal provisions, Tulsa County, Oklahoma, the owner of the facility, decided to solicit a Request for Proposal, or RFP, for the management of the facility. We have provided a response to the RFP, but can provide no assurance that we will be selected for the continued management of this facility, or that a new contract would yield as much cash flow as our existing contract. This facility contributed $21.9 million in total revenue during 2004.

General and administrative expense

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, general and administrative expenses totaled $48.2 million and $40.5 million, respectively. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of corporate management salaries and benefits, professional fees and other administrative expenses, and increased from 2003 primarily due to an increase in salaries and benefits, combined with an increase in professional services during 2004 compared with 2003.

We have expanded our infrastructure over the past year to implement and support numerous technology initiatives, to maintain closer relationships with existing and potentially new customers in order to identify their needs, and to focus on reducing facility operating expenses. While this has resulted in an annual increase in general and administrative expense, we believe our expanded infrastructure and investments in technology will provide long-term benefits enabling us to provide enhanced quality service to our customers while creating scalable operating efficiencies.

During 2004, we also incurred increasing expenses associated with (a) the implementation of certain tax strategies, which contributed to a reduction in income tax expense during 2004, and (b) tax planning initiatives that we believe will lower our overall future effective tax rate. See “income tax expense” hereafter for additional information. We have also experienced increasing expenses over the prior year in complying with increasing corporate governance requirements, a significant portion of which was incurred to comply with section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We also

47


Table of Contents

continue to evaluate the potential need to expand our corporate office infrastructure to help ensure the quality and effectiveness of our facility operations. These initiatives could also lead to higher general and administrative expenses in the future.

Interest expense, net

Interest expense was reported net of interest income and capitalized interest for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. Gross interest expense, net of capitalized interest, was $73.2 million and $78.0 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. Gross interest expense is based on outstanding borrowings under our senior bank credit facility, 9.875% senior notes, 7.5% senior notes, convertible subordinated notes payable balances, and amortization of loan costs and unused credit facility fees. The decrease in gross interest expense from the prior year was primarily attributable to the aforementioned recapitalization and refinancing transactions completed during the second and third quarters of 2003, which also resulted in a reduction to our preferred stock distributions from the prior year.

Gross interest income was $4.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. Gross interest income is earned on cash collateral requirements, a direct financing lease, notes receivable and investments of cash and cash equivalents.

Capitalized interest was $5.8 million and $0.9 million during 2004 and 2003, respectively, and was associated with various construction and expansion projects and the installation of a new inmate management system.

Expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions were $0.1 million and $6.7 million, respectively. The charges in 2004 were associated with the redemption of the remaining series A preferred stock in the first quarter of 2004 and the redemption of the remaining series B preferred stock in the second quarter of 2004, as well as third party fees associated with the amendment to our senior bank credit facility obtained during the second quarter of 2004.

Charges during the third quarter of 2003 primarily resulted from the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the repayment of the term loan portion of our senior bank credit facility (which repayment was made with proceeds from the issuance of the $200.0 million 7.5% senior notes), premiums paid to defease the remaining outstanding 12% senior notes, and certain fees paid to amend the term portion of our senior bank credit facility. Charges during the second quarter of 2003 included expenses associated with the tender offer for our series B preferred stock, the redemption of our series A preferred stock, and the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the repayment of the term loan portions of our senior bank credit facility made with proceeds from the common stock and note offerings, a tender premium paid to the holders of the 12% senior notes who tendered their notes to us at a price of 120% of par, and fees associated with the modifications to the terms of the $30.0 million of convertible subordinated notes.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

On May 16, 2003, 0.3 million shares of common stock were issued, along with a $2.9 million subordinated promissory note, in connection with the final settlement of the state court portion of our stockholder litigation settlement reached during the first quarter of 2001. Under the terms of the promissory note, the note and accrued interest were extinguished in June 2003 once the average closing price of our common stock exceeded a “termination price” equal to $16.30 per share for

48


Table of Contents

fifteen consecutive trading days following the note’s issuance. The terms of the note, which allowed the principal balance to fluctuate dependent on the trading price of our common stock, created a derivative instrument that was valued and accounted for under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” or SFAS 133, as amended. Since we had previously reflected the maximum obligation of the contingency associated with the state portion of the stockholder litigation on the balance sheet, the extinguishment of the note in June 2003 resulted in a $2.9 million non-cash gain during the second quarter of 2003.

Income tax benefit (expense)

During the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, our financial statements reflected an income tax provision of $42.1 million and an income tax benefit of $52.4 million, respectively. The income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2003 was primarily the result of our reversal of substantially all of the valuation allowance previously established for our deferred tax assets.

Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including our past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of our deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. As further discussed under “Critical Accounting Policies – Income Taxes,” prior to December 31, 2003, we had not consistently demonstrated an ability to utilize our tax net operating losses within the carryforward period and therefore applied a valuation allowance to reserve substantially all of our net deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. As a result, our financial statements did not reflect a provision for income taxes, other than for certain state taxes. However, at December 31, 2003, we concluded that it was more likely than not that substantially all of our deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, in accordance with SFAS 109, substantially all of the valuation allowance applied to such deferred tax assets was reversed on December 31, 2003. Accordingly, in the first quarter of 2004 we began providing a provision for income taxes at a rate on income before taxes equal to the combined federal and state effective tax rates using current tax rates.

During 2003, the Internal Revenue Service completed its field audit of our 2001 federal income tax return. During the fourth quarter of 2004, the 2001 audit results underwent a review by the Joint Committee on Taxation, a division of the IRS. Based on that review, the IRS adjusted the carryback claims we filed on our 2001 and 2002 federal income tax returns, requiring us to repay approximately $16.3 million of refunds we received during 2002 and 2003 as a result of tax law changes provided by the “Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002.” A portion of our tax loss was deemed not to be available for carryback to 1997 and 1996 due to our restructuring that occurred between 1997 and 2001. However, we will carry this tax loss forward to offset future taxable income. While the adjustment did not result in a loss of deductions claimed, we were obligated to repay the amount of the adjusted refund, plus interest of approximately $2.9 million, or $1.7 million after taxes, through December 31, 2004. These obligations were accrued in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004, and were paid during the first quarter of 2005.

The repayment of the refund adjusted by the IRS resulted in an increase in the amount of deferred tax assets reflected on our balance sheet for the incremental net operating losses made available to offset taxable income in the future. Prior to this finding by the IRS, we expected to generate sufficient taxable income during 2005 to utilize our remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards.

49


Table of Contents

Although the increase in our net operating loss carryforwards resulting from the repayment effectively extends the date in which our net operating loss carryforwards are fully utilized, we nonetheless still expect to generate sufficient taxable income during 2005 to utilize all of our remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards. As a result, the IRS finding and corresponding payment effectively accelerated to the first quarter of 2005 the cash taxes we expected to pay more evenly throughout 2005, having no material impact on the total estimated cash flows for 2005.

During the fourth quarter of 2004, we realized a net income tax benefit of $0.5 million resulting from the implementation of tax planning strategies that are also expected to reduce our future effective tax rate. Additionally, we recorded an income tax benefit of $1.4 million in the third quarter of 2004 which primarily resulted from a change in estimated income taxes associated with certain financing transactions completed during 2003, partially offset by changes in our valuation allowance applied to certain deferred tax assets.

Discontinued operations

During the fourth quarter of 2002, we were notified by the state of Florida of its intention to not renew our contract to manage the 96-bed Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center located in Okeechobee, Florida, upon the expiration of a short-term extension to the existing management contract, which expired in December 2002. Upon expiration of the short-term extension, which occurred March 1, 2003, operation of the facility was transferred to the state of Florida. During 2003, the facility generated total revenue of $0.8 million, and incurred total operating expenses of $0.7 million. Additionally, the expiration of the contract resulted in the impairment of all goodwill previously recorded in connection with this facility, which totaled $0.3 million, during the first quarter of 2003. These results are reported as discontinued operations.

On March 18, 2003, we were notified by the Department of Corrections of the Commonwealth of Virginia of its intention to not renew our contract to manage the 1,500-bed Lawrenceville Correctional Center located in Lawrenceville, Virginia, upon the expiration of the contract, which occurred on March 22, 2003. During 2003, the facility generated total revenue of $4.6 million, and incurred total operating expenses of $5.3 million. Additionally, the expiration of the contract resulted in the impairment of all goodwill previously recorded in connection with this facility, which totaled $0.3 million, during the first quarter of 2003. Results for 2004 include residual activity from the operation of this facility, including primarily proceeds received from the sale of fully depreciated equipment. These results are reported as discontinued operations.

During the first quarter of 2004, we received $0.6 million in proceeds from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico as a settlement for repairs we previously made to a facility we formerly operated in Ponce, Puerto Rico. These proceeds, net of taxes, are presented as discontinued operations for year ended December 31, 2004.

Due to operating losses incurred at the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center, we elected to not renew our contract to manage the facility upon the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, we transferred operation of the facility to the Nevada Department of Corrections on October 1, 2004. During 2004 and 2003, the facility generated total revenue of $6.1 million and $7.5 million, respectively, and incurred total operating expenses of $7.0 and $8.8 million, respectively.

50


Table of Contents

Distributions to preferred stockholders

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, distributions to preferred stockholders totaled $1.5 million and $15.3 million. Following the completion of the common stock and notes offering in May 2003, we purchased approximately 3.7 million shares of series B preferred stock for approximately $97.4 million pursuant to the terms of a cash tender offer. The tender offer price for the series B preferred stock (inclusive of all accrued and unpaid dividends) was $26.00 per share. The tender premium payment of the difference between the tender price ($26.00) and the liquidation preference ($24.46) for the shares tendered was reported as a preferred stock distribution in the second quarter of 2003. During the second quarter of 2004, we redeemed the remaining 1.0 million outstanding shares of our series B preferred stock at a price of $24.46 per share, plus accrued dividends to the redemption date.

Also during the second quarter of 2003, we redeemed 4.0 million, or approximately 93%, of our 4.3 million shares of outstanding series A preferred stock at a price of $25.00 per share plus accrued dividends to the redemption date as part of the recapitalization. During the first quarter of 2004, we redeemed the remaining 0.3 million outstanding shares of our series A preferred stock at a price of $25.00 per share, plus accrued dividends to the redemption date.

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

During the year ended December 31, 2003, we generated net income available to common stockholders of $126.5 million, or $3.44 per diluted share, compared with a net loss available to common stockholders of $28.9 million, or $0.82 per diluted share, for the previous year. Contributing to the net income for 2003 compared to the previous year was an increase in operating income of $40.8 million, from $128.6 million during 2002 to $169.4 million during 2003. The increase was due to the commencement of operations at our McRae Correctional Facility in December 2002 and the acquisition of the Crowley County Correctional Facility in January 2003, as well as increased occupancy levels and improved margins. Net income available to common stockholders during 2003 was favorably impacted by an income tax benefit of $52.4 million primarily due to the reversal of the valuation allowance previously established for our deferred tax assets. Weighted average common shares outstanding for 2003 includes the effect of our issuance of 6.4 million shares in connection with the recapitalization in May 2003.

Contributing to the net loss for 2002 was a non-cash charge for the cumulative effect of an accounting change for goodwill of $80.3 million, or $2.49 per diluted share, related to the adoption of SFAS 142, in addition to expenses associated with debt refinancing transactions of $36.7 million, or $1.14 per diluted share, during the second quarter of 2002. The debt refinancing completed during 2002 also contributed to the reduction in net interest expense, from $87.5 million during 2002 to $74.4 million during 2003. The cumulative effect of accounting change and the costs of refinancing were partially offset by an aggregate income tax benefit of $63.3 million, which included a cash income tax benefit of $32.2 million recognized during the first quarter of 2002 related to a change in tax law that became effective in March 2002, which enabled us to utilize certain of our net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997 and 1996. In addition, $30.3 million of the income tax benefit in 2002 was due to the reduction of the tax valuation allowance applied to certain deferred tax assets arising primarily as a result of 2002 tax deductions based on a cumulative effect of accounting change for tax depreciation reported on our 2002 federal income tax return.

51


Table of Contents

Facility Operations

Revenue and expenses per compensated man-day for all of the facilities we owned or managed, exclusive of those discontinued (see further discussion below regarding discontinued operations), were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002:

                 
    For the Years Ended  
    December 31,  
    2003     2002  
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 50.97     $ 49.63  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    27.96       27.78  
Variable expense
    9.75       10.18  
 
           
Total
    37.71       37.96  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 13.26     $ 11.67  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    26.0 %     23.5 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    93.0 %     89.1 %
 
           

Business from our federal customers, including the Bureau of Prisons, or the BOP, the United States Marshals Service, or the USMS, and the United States Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement, or ICE, remains strong, while many of our state customers have experienced budget difficulties. Our federal customers generated 37% and 33%, respectively, of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002.

Operating expenses totaled $766.5 million and $712.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Operating expenses consist of those expenses incurred in the operation and management of adult and juvenile correctional and detention facilities, and for our inmate transportation subsidiary.

Salaries and benefits represent the most significant component of fixed operating expenses. During 2003, salaries and benefits expense increased $43.4 million from 2002. The increase in salaries and benefits expense was primarily due to the arrival of inmates at the McRae Correctional Facility beginning in December 2002 and the purchase of the Crowley County Correctional Facility in January 2003. Salaries and benefits per compensated man-day increased $0.50 per compensated man-day during 2003 from 2002.

We also experienced a trend of increasing insurance expense during 2003 compared with 2002. Because we are significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance, our insurance expense is dependent on claims experience and our ability to control our claims. Our insurance policies contain various deductibles and stop-loss amounts intended to limit our exposure for individually significant occurrences. However, the nature of our self-insurance provides little protection for a deterioration in claims experience or increasing employee medical costs in general.

We continue to incur increasing insurance expense due to adverse claims experience primarily resulting from rising healthcare costs throughout the country. We continue to develop new strategies to improve the management of our future loss claims, but can provide no assurance that these strategies will be successful. Additionally, general liability insurance costs have risen substantially since the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, and other types of insurance, such as directors and

52


Table of Contents

officers liability insurance, have increased due to several high profile business failures and concerns about corporate governance and accounting in the marketplace.

The reduction in variable operating expenses per compensated man-day to $9.75 per compensated man-day during 2003 from $10.18 per compensated man-day during 2002 was primarily due to the renegotiation of our contract for food services. We decided to outsource food services at almost all of the facilities we operate. Outsourcing our food services to one vendor for substantially all of the facilities we manage generated opportunities to produce economies of scale. We also achieved reductions in inmate medical expenses primarily due to the renegotiation of our management contract for the Correctional Treatment Facility located in the District of Columbia, as well as through the negotiation of a national contract with our pharmaceutical provider and reduced reliance on outsourced nursing.

The following tables display the revenue and expenses per compensated man-day for the facilities we own and manage and for the facilities we manage but do not own:

                 
    For the Years Ended  
    December 31,  
    2003     2002  
Owned and Managed Facilities:
               
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 55.25     $ 54.61  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    29.34       29.62  
Variable expense
    10.13       11.34  
 
           
Total
    39.47       40.96  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 15.78     $ 13.65  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    28.6 %     25.0 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    88.6 %     83.4 %
 
           
 
               
Managed Only Facilities:
               
Revenue per compensated man-day
  $ 42.22     $ 40.83  
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
               
Fixed expense
    25.14       24.51  
Variable expense
    8.97       8.13  
 
           
Total
    34.11       32.64  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin per compensated man-day
  $ 8.11     $ 8.19  
 
           
 
               
Operating margin
    19.2 %     20.1 %
 
           
 
               
Average compensated occupancy
    103.5 %     101.2 %
 
           

The following discussions under “Owned and Managed Facilities” and “Managed-Only Facilities” address significant events that impacted our results of operations for the respective periods, and events that will affect our results of operations in the future.

Owned and Managed Facilities

On May 30, 2002, we were awarded a contract by the BOP to house 1,524 federal detainees at our McRae Correctional Facility located in McRae, Georgia. The three-year contract, awarded as part of the Criminal Alien Requirement Phase II Solicitation, or CAR II, also provides for seven one-year renewals. The contract with the BOP guarantees at least 95% occupancy on a take-or-pay basis, and commenced full operations in December 2002. Total management and other revenue at this facility

53


Table of Contents

was $35.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2003. This facility did not reach an average physical occupancy of 95% until October 2003. As a result, during much of 2003, we benefited from a relatively low level of operating expense resulting from lower physical occupancies while generating revenue at the guaranteed 95% occupancy rate. As of December 31, 2003, the physical occupancy was 110.4%. While only $2.7 million of management and other revenue was generated by this facility during 2002, we incurred $4.6 million of operating expenses during the year ended December 31, 2002.

Results for 2003 were also favorably impacted by the acquisition, on January 17, 2003, of the Crowley County Correctional Facility, a 1,200-bed medium security adult male prison facility located in Olney Springs, Crowley County, Colorado. As part of the transaction, we also assumed a management contract with the state of Colorado and entered into a new management contract with the state of Wyoming, and took over management of the facility effective January 18, 2003.

During the third quarter of 2003, we transferred all of the Wisconsin inmates housed at our 1,440-bed medium security North Fork Correctional Facility located in Sayre, Oklahoma to our 2,160-bed medium security Diamondback Correctional Facility located in Watonga, Oklahoma in order to satisfy a contractual provision mandated by the state of Wisconsin. As a result of the transfer, North Fork Correctional Facility will remain closed for an indefinite period of time. We are currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the beds that became available at the North Fork Correctional Facility, but can provide no assurance that we will be successful in doing so. The operational consolidations did not have a material impact on our 2003 financial statements. However, long-term, the consolidation will result in certain operational efficiencies.

Additionally, during the second quarter of 2003, the state of Wisconsin approved legislation to open various prison facilities owned by the State. The opening of these facilities led to a reduction in the number of inmates we house from the state of Wisconsin at our Diamondback Correctional Facility and our Prairie Correctional Facility, totaling approximately 1,900 inmates at December 31, 2003.

During October 2002, we entered into a new agreement with Hardeman County, Tennessee, with respect to the management of up to 1,536 medium security inmates from the state of Tennessee in the Whiteville Correctional Facility. Total management revenue increased during the year ended December 31, 2003 from the comparable period in 2002 by $9.2 million at this facility.

Due to a combination of rate increases and/or an increase in population at seven of our facilities, including our 2,304-bed Central Arizona Detention Center, 1,600-bed Florence Correctional Center, 1,338-bed Prairie Correctional Facility, 1,232-bed San Diego Correctional Facility, 910-bed Torrance County Detention Facility, 483-bed Leavenworth Detention Center, and 480-bed Webb County Detention Center, primarily from the BOP, the USMS, the ICE, and the state of Wisconsin in the case of Prairie Correctional Facility, total management and other revenue increased during 2003 from 2002 by $36.0 million at these facilities.

During June 2003, we announced our first inmate management contract with the state of Alabama to house up to 1,440 medium security inmates in our Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility, located in Tutwiler, Mississippi, under a temporary emergency agreement to provide the state of Alabama immediate relief of its overcrowded prison system. The facility began receiving inmates in July 2003. Prior to receiving inmates from the state of Alabama, this facility was substantially idle. During January 2004, we received notice from the Alabama Department of Corrections that it would withdraw its inmates housed at the facility. The Alabama Department of Corrections took custody of all of the inmates previously housed at the facility during the first quarter of 2004. Based on the

54


Table of Contents

terms of the short-term contract, Alabama compensated us at a guaranteed rate of 95% occupancy of the facility through March 11, 2004.

Fixed expenses per compensated man-day for our owned and managed facilities decreased from $29.62 during 2002 to $29.34 during 2003. The aforementioned increase in fixed operating expense for salaries and benefits and insurance across the portfolio of facilities we manage, was partially offset by decreases in property tax expenses of $2.4 million for 2003, compared with 2002, or a decrease of $0.35 per compensated man-day. The decrease in property tax expense was primarily as the result of a successful settlement during the third quarter of 2003 of a property tax dispute at our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center. Further, as our occupancy levels increase, we are able to provide the same quality of services without proportionately increasing our staffing levels, resulting in reductions to our fixed expenses per compensation man-day.

Variable expenses per compensated man-day for our owned and managed facilities decreased from $11.34 during 2002 to $10.13 for 2003. The aforementioned decrease in variable expenses for reduced food and medical expenses across the portfolio of facilities we manage was net of an increase in variable expenses for an increase in litigation expenses during 2003 compared with 2002 of $4.9 million, or $0.34 per compensated man-day, at certain of our owned facilities for legal proceedings in which we are involved. The amount of the increase was also due to the settlement during the first quarter of 2002 of a number of outstanding legal matters for amounts less than reserves previously established for such matters, which resulted in a reversal of litigation expenses during the first quarter of 2002 of $1.3 million.

Managed-Only Facilities

During the fourth quarter of 2001, we committed to a plan to terminate a management contract at the Southwest Indiana Regional Youth Village, a 188-bed juvenile facility located in Vincennes, Indiana. During the first quarter of 2002, we entered into a mutual agreement with Children and Family Services Corporation, or CFSC, to terminate our management contract at the facility, effective April 1, 2002, prior to the contract’s expiration date in 2004. In connection with the mutual agreement to terminate the management contract, CFSC also paid in full an outstanding note receivable totaling $0.7 million, which was previously considered uncollectible and was fully reserved.

On June 28, 2002, we received notice from the Mississippi Department of Corrections terminating our contract to manage the 1,016-bed Delta Correctional Facility located in Greenwood, Mississippi, due to the non-appropriation of funds. We ceased operations of the facility during October 2002. However, the state of Mississippi agreed to expand our management contract at the Wilkinson County Correctional Facility located in Woodville, Mississippi to accommodate an additional 100 inmates. As a result, the results of operations of the Delta Correctional Facility are not reported in discontinued operations. Total management and other revenue at Delta Correctional Facility was $6.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2002, while we incurred $7.1 million in operating expenses during the same period.

During July 2002, we renewed our contract with Tulsa County, Oklahoma for the management of inmates at the David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center. The contract renewal included an increase in the per-diem rate, and also shifted to Tulsa County the burden of certain utility expenses, resulting in a modest improvement in profitability for the management of this facility during the year ended December 31, 2003, compared with 2002.

55


Table of Contents

General and administrative expense

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, general and administrative expenses totaled $40.5 million and $36.9 million, respectively. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of corporate management salaries and benefits, professional fees and other administrative expenses, and increased from 2002 primarily due to an increase in salaries and benefits, combined with an increase in professional services, during 2003 compared with 2002. These increases were net of a decrease of $4.0 million incurred in 2002 in connection with the implementation of tax strategies to maximize opportunities created by a settlement with the IRS with respect to our predecessor’s 1997 federal income tax return combined with a change in tax law in March 2002.

Interest expense, net

Interest expense was reported net of interest income for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Gross interest expense was $78.0 million and $91.9 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Gross interest expense is based on outstanding indebtedness, net settlements on certain derivative instruments, and amortization of loan costs and unused credit facility fees. The decrease in gross interest expense from the prior year was primarily attributable to the refinancing of our senior indebtedness completed on May 3, 2002, which resulted in a decrease in the interest rate spread on our senior bank credit facility and the redemption of a substantial portion of our 12% senior notes. Further, the recapitalization and refinancing transactions completed during the second and third quarters of 2003 resulted in the elimination of the regular and contingent interest associated with $40.0 million of convertible subordinated notes, a further reduction in the interest rate spread on the term portion of our senior bank credit facility, a reduction in the interest rate on our $30.0 million convertible subordinated notes, and the repayment of the remaining balance of our 12% senior notes, partially offset by additional borrowings used to repurchase and redeem a substantial portion of our preferred stock. Interest expense also decreased due to the termination of an interest rate swap agreement, lower amortization of loan costs, and a lower interest rate environment.

Gross interest income was $3.6 million and $4.4 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002. Gross interest income is earned on cash collateral requirements, a direct financing lease, notes receivable and investments of cash and cash equivalents.

Expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions were $6.7 million and $36.7 million, respectively. Charges during the third quarter of 2003 primarily resulted from the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the repayment of the term loan portion of our senior bank credit facility made with proceeds from the issuance of the $200.0 million 7.5% senior notes, premiums paid to defease the remaining outstanding 12% senior notes, and certain fees paid to amend the term portion of our senior bank credit facility. Charges during the second quarter of 2003 included expenses associated with the tender offer for our series B preferred stock, the redemption of our series A preferred stock, and the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the repayment of the term loan portions of our senior bank credit facility made with proceeds from the common stock and note offerings, a tender premium paid to the holders of the 12% senior notes who tendered their notes to us at a price of 120% of par, and fees associated with the modifications to the terms of the $30.0 million of convertible subordinated notes.

As a result of the early extinguishment of our old senior bank credit facility and the redemption of substantially all of the 12% senior notes in May 2002, we recorded charges of $36.7 million during

56


Table of Contents

the second quarter of 2002, which included the write-off of existing deferred loan costs, certain bank fees paid, premiums paid to redeem the 12% senior notes, and certain other costs associated with the refinancing.

Change in fair value of derivative instruments

On May 16, 2003, 0.3 million shares of common stock were issued, along with a $2.9 million subordinated promissory note, in connection with the final settlement of the state court portion of our stockholder litigation settlement. Under the terms of the promissory note, the note and accrued interest were extinguished in June 2003 once the average closing price of our common stock exceeded a “termination price” equal to $16.30 per share for fifteen consecutive trading days following the note’s issuance. The terms of the note, which allowed the principal balance to fluctuate dependent on the trading price of our common stock, created a derivative instrument that was valued and accounted for under the provisions of SFAS 133. Since we had previously reflected the maximum obligation of the contingency associated with the state portion of the stockholder litigation on the balance sheet, the extinguishment of the note in June 2003 resulted in a $2.9 million non-cash gain during the second quarter of 2003.

Income tax benefit

During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, our financial statements reflected income tax benefits of $52.4 million and $63.3 million, respectively. The income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2003 was primarily the result of our reversal of substantially all of the valuation allowance previously established for our deferred tax assets.

Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including our past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of our deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, we provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve our deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. As a result, our financial statements did not reflect a provision for income taxes other than for certain state taxes. However, at December 31, 2003, we concluded that it was more likely than not that substantially all of our deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, in accordance with SFAS 109, the valuation allowance applied to such deferred tax assets was reversed.

The removal of the valuation allowance resulted in a significant non-cash reduction in income tax expense during the fourth quarter of 2003. Accordingly, beginning with the first quarter of 2004, our financial statements reflect a provision for income taxes at the applicable federal and state tax rates on income before taxes.

The income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2002, primarily resulted from the “Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002,” which was signed into law on March 9, 2002. Among other changes, the tax law extended the net operating loss carryback period to five years from two years for net operating losses arising in tax years ending in 2001 and 2002, and allows use of net operating loss carrybacks and carryforwards to offset 100% of the alternative minimum tax. We experienced net operating losses during 2001 resulting primarily from the sale of assets at prices below the tax basis of such assets. Under terms of the new law, we utilized certain of these net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997 and 1996. As a result of this tax law

57


Table of Contents

change in 2002, we reported an income tax benefit and claimed a refund of $32.2 million during the first quarter of 2002, which was received in April 2002.

On October 24, 2002, we entered into a definitive settlement with the IRS in connection with the IRS’s audit of our predecessor’s 1997 federal income tax return. Under the terms of the settlement, in consideration for the IRS’s final determinations with respect to the 1997 tax year, in December 2002 we paid $52.2 million in cash to satisfy federal and state taxes and interest.

Due to the change in tax law in March 2002, the settlement created an opportunity to utilize any 2002 tax losses to claim a refund of a portion of the taxes paid. We experienced tax losses during 2002 primarily resulting from a cumulative effect of accounting change in depreciable lives of property and equipment for tax purposes. Under terms of the new law, we utilized our net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997, which was increased substantially in connection with the settlement with the IRS. As a result of the tax law change in 2002, combined with the adoption of an accounting change in the depreciable lives of certain tax assets, as of December 31, 2002 we claimed an income tax refund of $32.1 million, which was received during the second quarter of 2003.

The cumulative effect of accounting change in tax depreciation resulted in the establishment of a significant deferred tax liability for the tax effect of the book over tax basis of certain assets in 2002. The creation of such a deferred tax liability, and the significant improvement in our tax position since the original valuation allowance was established to reserve our deferred tax assets, resulted in the reduction of the valuation allowance, generating an income tax benefit of $30.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2002, as we determined that substantially all of these deferred tax liabilities would be utilized to offset the reversal of deferred tax assets during the net operating loss carryforward periods.

Discontinued Operations

In late 2001 and early 2002, we were provided notice from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico of its intention to terminate the management contracts at the 500-bed multi-security Ponce Young Adult Correctional Facility and the 1,000-bed medium security Ponce Adult Correctional Facility, located in Ponce, Puerto Rico, upon the expiration of the management contracts in February 2002. Attempts to negotiate continued operation of these facilities were unsuccessful. As a result, the transition period to transfer operation of the facilities to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico ended May 4, 2002, at which time operation of the facilities was transferred to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. During the year ended December 31, 2002, these facilities generated total revenue of $7.9 million and incurred total operating expenses of $7.4 million. We recorded a non-cash charge of $1.8 million during the second quarter of 2002 for the write-off of the carrying value of assets associated with the terminated management contracts.

During the fourth quarter of 2001, we obtained an extension of our management contract with the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for the operation of the 1,000-bed Guayama Correctional Center located in Guayama, Puerto Rico, through December 2006. However, on May 7, 2002, we received notice from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico terminating our contract to manage this facility, which occurred on August 6, 2002. During the year ended December 31, 2002, this facility generated total revenue of $12.3 million and incurred total operating expenses of $9.9 million.

On June 28, 2002, we sold our interest in a juvenile facility located in Dallas, Texas for $4.3 million. The facility, which was designed to accommodate 900 at-risk juveniles, was leased to an independent third party operator pursuant to a lease expiring in 2008. Net proceeds from the sale were used for working capital purposes. This facility generated rental income of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2002.

58


Table of Contents

During the fourth quarter of 2002, we were notified by the state of Florida of its intention to not renew our contract to manage the 96-bed Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center located in Okeechobee, Florida, upon the expiration of a short-term extension to the existing management contract, which expired in December 2002. Upon expiration, which occurred March 1, 2003, the operation of the facility was transferred to the state of Florida. During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the facility generated total revenue of $0.8 million and $4.8 million, respectively, and incurred total operating expenses of $0.7 million and $4.0 million, respectively. Additionally, the expiration of the contract resulted in the impairment of goodwill previously recorded in connection with this facility, which totaled $0.3 million, during the first quarter of 2003.

On March 18, 2003, we were notified by the Department of Corrections of the Commonwealth of Virginia of its intention to not renew our contract to manage the 1,500-bed Lawrenceville Correctional Center located in Lawrenceville, Virginia, upon the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, we terminated our operation of the facility on March 22, 2003 in connection with the expiration of the contract. During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the facility generated total revenue of $4.6 million and $20.3 million, respectively, and incurred total operating expenses of $5.3 million and $18.8 million, respectively. Additionally, the expiration of the contract resulted in the impairment of goodwill previously recorded in connection with this facility, which totaled $0.3 million, during the first quarter of 2003.

Due to operating losses incurred at the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center, we elected to not renew our contract to manage the facility upon the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, we transferred operation of the facility to the Nevada Department of Corrections on October 1, 2004. During 2003 and 2002, the facility generated total revenue of $7.5 million and $8.3 million, respectively, and incurred total operating expenses of $8.8 and $8.7 million, respectively.

During 2003, additional depreciation and amortization and income tax benefit totaled $0.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively, for these facilities. During 2002, additional depreciation and amortization, interest income, and income tax expense totaled $1.3 million, $0.6 million, and $0.6 million, respectively, for these facilities.

Distributions to preferred stockholders

For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, distributions to preferred stockholders totaled $15.3 million and $21.0 million, respectively, and decreased as the result of the redemption of a substantial portion of our outstanding series A preferred stock and tender offer for our series B preferred stock.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our principal capital requirements are for working capital, capital expenditures and debt service payments. Capital requirements may also include cash expenditures associated with our outstanding commitments and contingencies, as further discussed in the notes to our financial statements. Additionally, we may incur capital expenditures to expand the design capacity of certain of our facilities in order to retain management contracts, and to increase our inmate bed capacity for anticipated demand from current and future customers. We may acquire additional correctional facilities that we believe have favorable investment returns and increase value to our stockholders. We will also consider opportunities for growth, including potential acquisitions of businesses within our line of business and those that provide complementary services, provided we believe such opportunities will broaden our market share and/or increase the services we can provide to our customers.

59


Table of Contents

On September 10, 2003, we announced an expansion of 594 beds at the Crowley County Correctional Facility located in Olney Springs, Colorado, a facility we acquired in January 2003. The cost of the expansion was approximately $23.3 million and was completed during the fourth quarter of 2004. This expansion was undertaken in anticipation of increasing demand from the states of Colorado and Wyoming. We also announced on September 10, 2003, our intention to complete construction of the Stewart County Correctional Facility located in Stewart County, Georgia. The anticipated cost to complete the Stewart facility is approximately $26.5 million, with completion estimated to occur during the second quarter of 2005. During the fourth quarter of 2004, we have approximately 273 beds available for use at the Stewart County Correctional Facility. Construction on the 1,524-bed Stewart County Correctional Facility began in August 1999 and was suspended in May 2000. Our decision to complete construction of this facility is based on anticipated demand from several government customers having a need for inmate bed capacity in the Southeast region of the country. However, we can provide no assurance that we will be successful in utilizing the increased bed capacity resulting from these projects. Additionally, in October 2003, we announced the signing of a new contract with ICE for up to 905 detainees at our Houston Processing Center located in Houston, Texas. We also announced our intention to expand the facility by 494 beds from its current 411 beds to 905 beds. The anticipated cost of the expansion is approximately $27.1 million and is estimated to be completed during the first quarter of 2005. This expansion is being undertaken in order to accommodate additional detainee populations that are anticipated as a result of this contract, which contains a guarantee that ICE will utilize 679 beds at such time as the expansion is completed.

During January 2004, we announced the expansion of the Florence Correctional Center located in Florence, Arizona by 224 beds. The cost of the expansion was approximately $7.0 million and was completed during the fourth quarter of 2004. The Florence Correctional Center now has a total design capacity of 1,824 beds. The facility currently houses federal inmates as well as inmates from various state and local agencies. The expansion was undertaken in anticipation of increasing demand from federal customers. During January 2004, we also announced a new contract with the USMS to manage up to 800 inmates at our Leavenworth Detention Center located in Leavenworth, Kansas. To fulfill the requirements of this contract, we expanded this facility by 284 beds from a design capacity of 483 beds to 767 beds. The new contract provides a guarantee that the USMS will utilize 400 beds. The cost to expand the facility was approximately $11.1 million and was completed in the fourth quarter of 2004.

On February 1, 2005, we commenced construction of the Red Rock Correctional Center, a new 1,596-bed correctional facility located in Eloy, Arizona. The facility is expected to cost approximately $75 million, and is slated for completion during the first quarter of 2006. The capacity at the new facility is intended primarily for our existing customers.

The following table summarizes the aforementioned construction and expansion projects expected to be completed through the first quarter of 2006:

60


Table of Contents

                         
                    Estimated cost to  
    No. of     Estimated     complete  
Facility   beds     completion date     (thousands)  
Stewart County Correctional Facility
Stewart County, GA
    1,524     Second quarter 2005   $ 3,653  
 
                       
Houston Processing Center
Houston, TX
    494     First quarter 2005   $ 3,672  
 
                       
Red Rock Correctional Center
Eloy, AZ
    1,596     First quarter 2006   $ 75,000  
 
                   
 
                       
Total
    3,614             $ 82,325  
 
                   

We may also pursue additional expansion opportunities to satisfy the needs of an existing or potential customer or when the economics of an expansion are compelling.

Additionally, we believe investments in technology can enable us to operate safe and secure facilities with more efficient, highly skilled and better-trained staff, and to reduce turnover through the deployment of innovative technologies, many of which are unique and new to the corrections industry. These investments in technology are expected to provide long-term benefits enabling us to provide enhanced quality service to our customers while creating scalable operating efficiencies. Accordingly, we expect to incur approximately $21.0 million in information technology expenditures during 2005.

We expect to fund our capital expenditure requirements including completion of construction of the Stewart County Correctional Facility, the construction of the Red Rock Correctional Center, and the aforementioned Houston expansion project, as well as our information technology expenditures, working capital, and debt service requirements, with cash on hand, net cash provided by operations, and borrowings available under our revolving credit facility.

During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, we were not required to pay income taxes, other than primarily for the alternative minimum tax and certain state taxes, due to the utilization of existing net operating loss carryforwards to offset our taxable income.

During 2003, the Internal Revenue Service completed its field audit of our 2001 federal income tax return. During the fourth quarter of 2004, the 2001 audit results underwent a review by the Joint Committee on Taxation, a division of the IRS. Based on that review, the IRS adjusted the carryback claims we filed on our 2001 and 2002 federal income tax returns, requiring us to repay approximately $16.3 million of refunds we received during 2002 and 2003 as a result of tax law changes provided by the “Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002.” A portion of our tax loss was deemed not to be available for carryback to 1997 and 1996 due to our restructuring that occurred between 1997 and 2001. However, we will carry this tax loss forward to offset future taxable income. While the adjustment did not result in a loss of deductions claimed, we were obligated to repay the amount of the adjusted refund, plus interest of approximately $2.9 million, or $1.7 million after taxes through December 31, 2004. These obligations were accrued in our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004, and were paid during the first quarter of 2005.

The repayment of the refund adjusted by the IRS resulted in an increase in the amount of deferred tax assets reflected on our balance sheet for the incremental net operating losses made available to offset taxable income in the future. Prior to this finding by the IRS, we expected to generate sufficient taxable income during 2005 to utilize our remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards. Although the increase in our net operating loss carryforwards resulting from the repayment effectively extends the date in which our net operating loss carryforwards are fully utilized, we nonetheless still expect to generate sufficient taxable income during 2005 to utilize all of our

61


Table of Contents

remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards. As a result, the IRS finding and corresponding payment effectively accelerated to the first quarter of 2005 the cash taxes we expected to pay more evenly throughout 2005, having no material impact on the total estimated cash flows for 2005.

As of December 31, 2004, our liquidity was provided by cash on hand of $50.9 million, investments of $8.7 million, and $88.3 million available under our $125.0 million revolving credit facility. During the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, we generated $126.0 million and $202.8 million, respectively, in cash through operating activities, and as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, we had net working capital of $130.0 million and $133.6 million, respectively. We currently expect to be able to meet our cash expenditure requirements for the next year utilizing these resources. In addition, we have an effective “shelf” registration statement under which we may issue up to approximately $280.0 million in equity or debt securities, preferred stock and warrants. The “shelf” registration statement provides us with the flexibility to issue additional equity or debt securities, preferred stock, and warrants from time to time when we determine that market conditions and the opportunity to utilize the proceeds from the issuance of such securities are favorable.

Operating Activities

Our net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $126.0 million, compared with $202.8 million for the same period in the prior year and $101.4 million in 2002. Cash provided by operating activities represents the year to date net income or loss plus depreciation and amortization, changes in various components of working capital, and adjustments for various non-cash charges, including primarily deferred income taxes.

The decrease in cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was due to the receipt of income tax refunds totaling $33.7 million during 2003 as well as the refinancing of our outstanding preferred stock with long-term debt. Distributions on preferred stock are included in financing activities while interest on outstanding indebtedness is included in operating activities on the statement of cash flows. Negative fluctuations in working capital during 2004 compared with 2003 also contributed to the decrease in cash provided by operating activities. Cash paid of $15.5 million in connection with the recapitalization during May 2003 for contingent interest on the $40.0 million convertible subordinated notes that had accrued but remained unpaid since June 2000 in accordance with the terms of such notes, was offset by the collection during 2003, of $13.5 million from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico as final payment for all outstanding balances owed from three facilities we formerly managed.

Investing Activities

Our cash flow used in investing activities was $116.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, and was primarily attributable to capital expenditures during the year of $128.0 million, including $80.5 million for acquisition and development activities and $47.5 million for other capital expenditures. Capital expenditures for acquisition and development activities of $80.5 million during 2004 included various facility expansion projects previously discussed herein. Our cash flow used in investing activities was $93.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, and was primarily attributable to capital expenditures during the year of $92.2 million, including $56.7 million for acquisition and development activities and $35.5 million for other capital expenditures. Capital expenditures for acquisition and development activities of $56.7 million during 2003 included capital expenditures of $47.5 million in connection with the purchase of the Crowley County Correctional Facility. Expenditures for other capital improvements included an increase in our investments in numerous technology initiatives. In addition, during 2003 cash was used to fund

62


Table of Contents

restricted cash for a capital improvements, replacements, and repairs reserve totaling $5.6 million for our San Diego Correctional Facility.

Financing Activities

Our cash flow used in financing activities was $29.5 million for 2004 and was primarily attributable to the redemption of the remaining 0.3 million shares of series A preferred stock during March 2004, which totaled $7.5 million, and the redemption of the remaining 1.0 million shares of series B preferred stock during the second quarter of 2004, which totaled $23.5 million.

Our cash flow used in financing activities was $83.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. During January 2003, we financed the purchase of the Crowley County Correctional Facility through $30.0 million in borrowings under our senior bank credit facility pursuant to an expansion of a then-existing term portion of the credit facility. During May 2003, we completed the recapitalization transactions, which included the sale and issuance of $250.0 million of 7.5% senior notes and 6.4 million shares of common stock for $124.8 million. The proceeds received from the sale and issuance of the senior notes and the common stock were largely offset by the redemption of $192.0 million of our series A preferred stock and our series B preferred stock; the prepayment of $132.0 million on the term loan portions of the senior bank credit facility with proceeds from the recapitalization, cash on hand, and an income tax refund; the prepayment of $7.6 million aggregate principal of our 12% senior notes; the repurchase and subsequent retirement of 3.4 million shares of common stock for $65.6 million; and the payment of $10.8 million in costs primarily associated with the recapitalization transactions and prepayment of the 12% senior notes. During August 2003, we completed the sale and issuance of $200.0 million of 7.5% senior notes at a price of 101.125% of the principal amount of the notes, resulting in a premium of $2.25 million. The proceeds received from the sale and issuance of the senior notes were offset by the prepayment of $240.3 million on the term loan portion of the senior bank credit facility. We paid $7.7 million in costs primarily associated with the debt refinancing transactions during the third quarter of 2003. We also paid $7.4 million in scheduled principal repayments during 2003, and cash dividends of $12.7 million on our preferred stock, including a tender premium of $5.8 million in connection with the completion of the tender offer for our series B preferred stock.

Contractual Obligations

The following schedule summarizes our contractual obligations by the indicated period as of December 31, 2004 (in thousands):

                                                         
    Payments Due By Year Ended December 31,  
    2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     Thereafter     Total  
Long-term debt
  $ 2,890     $ 2,847     $ 228,708     $ 66,011     $ 250,000     $ 450,000     $ 1,000,456  
Houston Processing Center expansion
    3,672                                     3,672  
Operating leases
    267                                     267  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Total Contractual Cash Obligations
  $ 6,829     $ 2,847     $ 228,708     $ 66,011     $ 250,000     $ 450,000     $ 1,004,395  
 
                                         

The cash obligations in the table above do not include future cash obligations for interest associated with our outstanding indebtedness. During 2004, we paid $71.4 million in interest, including capitalized interest. We had $36.7 million of letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2004 primarily to support our requirement to repay fees and claims under our workers’ compensation plan in the event we do not repay the fees and claims due in accordance with the terms of the plan. The

63


Table of Contents

letters of credit are renewable annually. We did not have any draws under any outstanding letters of credit during 2004, 2003, or 2002.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51,” or FIN 46. FIN 46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements” to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or in which equity investors do not bear the residual economic risks. FIN 46 is effective for all entities other than special purpose entities no later than the end of the first period that ends after March 15, 2004. We have no investments in special purpose entities. We adopted FIN 46 effective January 1, 2004.

We have determined that our joint venture, Agecroft Prison Management, Ltd., or APM, is a variable interest entity (“VIE”), of which we are not the primary beneficiary. APM has a management contract for a correctional facility located in Salford, England. All gains and losses under the joint venture are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. During 2000, we extended a working capital loan to APM, which totaled $6.5 million, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2004. The outstanding working capital loan represents our maximum exposure to loss in connection with APM. APM has not been, and in accordance with FIN 46 will not be, consolidated with our financial statements.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” or SFAS 123R, which is a revision of SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS 123R supersedes APB Opinion No. 25 and amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS 123R is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123. However, SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

SFAS 123R must be adopted no later than July 1, 2005. Early adoption will be permitted in periods in which financial statements have not yet been issued. We expect to adopt SFAS 123R on July 1, 2005.

SFAS 123R permits public companies to adopt its requirements using one of two methods:

  1.   A “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R that remain unvested on the effective date.
 
  2.   A “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method described above, but also permits entities to restate based on the amounts previously recognized under SFAS 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures either for (a) all prior periods presented or (b) prior interim periods of the year of adoption.

We have not yet determined the method we plan to adopt.

64


Table of Contents

As permitted by SFAS 123, we currently account for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognize no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 123R’s fair value method will have a significant impact on our results of operations, although it will have no impact on our overall financial position. The impact of adoption of SFAS 123R cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future. However, had we adopted SFAS 123R in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of SFAS 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in the footnote, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had or will have a direct adverse effect on our operations. Many of our management contracts include provisions for inflationary indexing, which mitigates an adverse impact of inflation on net income. However, a substantial increase in personnel costs, workers’ compensation or food and medical expenses could have an adverse impact on our results of operations in the future to the extent that these expenses increase at a faster pace than the per diem or fixed rates we receive for our management services.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Our primary market risk exposure is to changes in U.S. interest rates. We are exposed to market risk related to our senior bank credit facility, which had an outstanding balance of $270.1 million as of December 31, 2004. The interest on our senior bank credit facility is subject to fluctuations in the market. If the interest rate for our outstanding indebtedness under the senior bank credit facility was 100 basis points higher or lower during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, our interest expense, net of amounts capitalized, would have been increased or decreased by approximately $2.8 million, $4.8 million and $5.9 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2004, we had outstanding $250.0 million of senior notes with a fixed interest rate of 9.875%, $450.0 million of senior notes with a fixed rate of 7.5%, and $30.0 million of convertible subordinated notes with a fixed interest rate of 4.0%. Because the interest rates with respect to these instruments are fixed, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates would not have a material impact on our financial statements.

In order to satisfy a requirement of the senior bank credit facility we purchased an interest rate cap agreement, capping LIBOR at 5.0% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through the expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004, for a price of $1.0 million. We do not currently intend to enter into any additional interest rate protection agreements in the short term.

We may, from time to time, invest our cash in a variety of short-term financial instruments. These instruments generally consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities at the date of purchase of three months or less. While these investments are subject to interest rate risk and will decline in value if market interest rates increase, a hypothetical 100 basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates would not materially affect the value of these instruments.

65


Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The financial statements and supplementary data required by Regulation S-X are included in this annual report on Form 10-K commencing on Page F-1.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Management’s Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on that evaluation, our senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this annual report our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in causing material information relating to us (including our consolidated subsidiaries) to be recorded, processed, summarized and reported by management on a timely basis and to ensure that the quality and timeliness of our public disclosures complies with SEC disclosure obligations.

Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of Corrections Corporation of America (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

  (i)   pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
 
  (ii)   provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
 
  (iii)   provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

66


Table of Contents

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that, as of December 31, 2004, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The Company’s independent auditors, Ernst & Young LLP, have issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. That report begins on page 68.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

67


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Corrections Corporation of America

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries (“the Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on the COSO criteria.

68


Table of Contents

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 of Corrections Corporation of America and our report dated March 4, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

     
 
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
   
  Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
March 4, 2005

69


Table of Contents

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

The information required by this Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference from the information under the headings “Proposal I – Election of Directors-Directors Standing for Election,” “-Information Concerning Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors,” “Corporate Governance – Board of Directors Meetings and Committees,” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management – Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders.

As a part of our comprehensive Corporate Compliance Manual, our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applicable to the members of our Board of Directors and our officers, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. In addition, the Board of Directors has adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines and restated charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee and Executive Committee. You can access our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, Corporate Governance Guidelines and current committee charters on our website at www.correctionscorp.com or request a copy of any of the foregoing by writing to the following address — Corrections Corporation of America, Attention: Secretary, 10 Burton Hills Boulevard, Nashville, Tennessee 37215.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required by this Item 11 will appear in, and is hereby incorporated by reference from, the information under the headings “Corporate Governance – Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Performance Graph” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required by this Item 12 will appear in, and is hereby incorporated by reference from, the information under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2004 regarding compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance.

70


Table of Contents

                         
                   
                (c)  
                    Number of Securities  
                    Remaining Available  
    (a)     (b)     for Future Issuance  
    Number of Securities     Weighted – Average     Under Equity  
    to be Issued Upon     Exercise Price of     Compensation Plan  
    Exercise of     Outstanding     (Excluding Securities  
    Outstanding Options,     Options, Warrants     Reflected in Column  
Plan Category   Warrants and Rights     and Rights     (a))  
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders
    3,800,212     $ 22.63       1,533,530 (1)
 
                       
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders
                 
 
                 
 
                       
Total
    3,800,212     $ 22.63       1,533,530 (1)
 
                 


(1)   Reflects shares of common stock available for issuance under our Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan and Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, the only equity compensation plans approved by our stockholders under which we continue to grant awards.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

The information required by this Item 13 will appear in, and is hereby incorporated by reference from, the information under the heading “Corporate Governance – Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this Item 14 will appear in, and is hereby incorporated by reference from, the information under the heading “Corporate Governance — Audit and Non-Audit Fees” in our definitive proxy statement for the 2005 annual meeting of stockholders.

71


Table of Contents

PART IV.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

  (1)   Financial Statements.
 
      The financial statements as set forth under Item 8 of this annual report on Form 10-K have been filed herewith, beginning on page F-1 of this report.
 
  (2)   Financial Statement Schedules.
 
      Schedules for which provision is made in Regulation S-X are either not required to be included herein under the related instructions or are inapplicable or the related information is included in the footnotes to the applicable financial statements and, therefore, have been omitted.
 
  (3)   The Exhibits are listed in the Index of Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K included herewith.

72


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

         
      CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA
 
       
Date: March 7, 2005
  By:   /s/ John D. Ferguson
       
      John D. Ferguson, President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capabilities and on the dates indicated.

     
/s/ John D. Ferguson
  March 7, 2005
 
   
John D. Ferguson, President and Chief Executive Officer and
   
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
   
 
   
/s/ Irving E. Lingo, Jr.
  March 7, 2005
 
   
Irving E. Lingo, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
   
 
   
/s/ William F. Andrews
  March 7, 2005
 
   
William F. Andrews, Chairman of the Board and Director
   
 
   
/s/ Donna M. Alvarado
  March 7, 2005
 
   
Donna M. Alvarado, Director
   
 
   
/s/ Lucius E. Burch, III
  March 7, 2005
 
   
Lucius E. Burch, III, Director
   
 
   
/s/ John D. Correnti
  March 7, 2005
 
   
John D. Correnti, Director
   
 
   
/s/ John R. Horne
  March 7, 2005
 
   
John R. Horne, Director
   
 
   
/s/ C. Michael Jacobi
  March 7, 2005
 
   
C. Michael Jacobi, Director
   
 
   
/s/ Thurgood Marshall, Jr.
  March 7, 2005
 
   
Thurgood Marshall, Jr., Director
   
 
   
/s/ Charles L. Overby
  March 7, 2005
 
   
Charles L. Overby, Director
   
 
   
/s/ John R. Prann, Jr.
  March 7, 2005
 
   
John R. Prann, Jr., Director
   
 
   
/s/ Joseph V. Russell
  March 7, 2005
 
   
Joseph V. Russell, Director
   
 
   
   
 
   
Henri L. Wedell, Director
   

73


Table of Contents

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

Exhibits marked with an * are filed herewith. Other exhibits have previously been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and are incorporated herein by reference.

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibits
  3.1
  Amended and Restated Charter of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on April 17, 2001 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  3.2
  Amendment to the Amended and Restated Charter of the Company effecting the reverse stock split of the Company’s Common Stock and a related reduction in the stated capital stock of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on August 13, 2001 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  3.3
  Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Amendment No. 3 to its Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission File no. 333-96721), filed with the Commission on December 30, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  4.1
  Provisions defining the rights of stockholders of the Company are found in Article V of the Amended and Restated Charter of the Company, as amended (included as Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 hereto), and Article II of the Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (included as Exhibit 3.3 hereto).
   
   
  4.2
  Specimen of certificate representing shares of the Company’s Common Stock (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on March 22, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  4.3
  Indenture, dated as of June 10, 1999, by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee, relating to the issuance of debt securities (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 0-25245), filed with the Commission on August 16, 1999 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  4.4
  First Supplemental Indenture, by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee, dated as of June 11, 1999, relating to the $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 12% Senior Notes due 2006 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 0-25245), filed with the Commission on August 16, 1999 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  4.5
  Second Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, dated as of April 24, 2002, relating to the Company’s 12% Senior Notes due 2006 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on April 25, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).

74


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibits
  4.6
  Third Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association (formerly known as State Street Bank and Trust Company), as Trustee, dated as of July 10, 2003, relating to the Company’s 12% Senior Notes due 2006 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on August 12, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  4.7
  Indenture, dated as of May 3, 2002, by and between the Company, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, governing the Company’s 9.875% Senior Notes due 2009 (the “9.875% Senior Notes”) (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on May 7, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  4.8
  Form of promissory note and guarantee for the Company’s 9.875% Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million (previously filed as Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  4.9
  Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2003, by and between the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K. (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on May 7, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  4.10
  Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2003, by and between the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, providing for the Company’s 7.5% Notes due 2011, with form of note attached (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on May 7, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  4.11
  First Supplement, dated as of August 8, 2003, to the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2003, by and between the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, providing for the Company’s 7.5% Notes due 2011 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on August 12, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  4.12
  Second Supplement, dated as of August 8, 2003, to the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2003, by and between the Company, certain of its subsidiaries and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, providing for the Company’s 7.5% Notes due 2011 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on August 12, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).

75


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibits
  10.1
  Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2002, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the several lenders from time to time party thereto, Lehman Brothers Inc., as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book-Running Manager, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and UBS Warburg LLC, as Co-Syndication Agents, Société Généralé, as Documentation Agent, and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on May 7, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.2
  Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2002, made by the Company and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on May 7, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.3
  First Amendment and Consent to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2002, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the several lenders from time to time party thereto, and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent, and related subsidiary Assumption Agreement, Consent of Guarantors and Counterpart Signature Pages to Demand Promissory Note and related Endorsement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.4
  Second Amendment and Waiver to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2003, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, Société Généralé, as Documentation Agent, Lehman Brothers Inc., as Arranger, and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, with related Consent of Guarantors attached thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File no. 333-104240), filed with the Commission on April 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.5
  Third Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2003, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, Société Généralé, as Documentation Agent, Lehman Brothers Inc., as Arranger, and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on November 11, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).

76


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibits
  10.6
  Fourth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2004, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, Société Généralé, as Documentation Agent, Lehman Brothers Inc., as Arranger, and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on August 6, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.7*
  Fifth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2004, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, Société Généralé, as Documentation Agent, and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders.
   
   
  10.8*
  Sixth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2005, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the several Lenders from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Syndication Agent, Société Généralé, as Documentation Agent, and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders.
   
   
  10.9
  Agreement as to Final Determination of Tax Liability and Specific Matters by and between the Company, as successor to Old CCA and its subsidiaries and as successor in interest to Mineral Wells R.E., L.P. and United Concept Limited Partnership, and the Department of the Treasury — Internal Revenue Service of the United States (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on October 28, 2002 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.10
  Agreement of Sale and Purchase, dated as of November 21, 2002, (as amended) by and between the Company and certain subsidiaries of Reckson Associates Realty Corporation, and related Designation of Affiliate letter by the Company (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on January 22, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.11
  Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1999, by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P., including, as Exhibit R-1 thereto, Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1999, by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 0-25245), filed with the Commission on January 6, 1999 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.12
  Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement and Note by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P., dated April 28, 2003 (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File no. 333-104240), filed with the Commission on April 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).

77


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibits
  10.13
  Waiver and Amendment, dated as of June 30, 2000, by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P., with form of replacement note attached thereto as Exhibit B (previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File no. 0-25245), filed with the Commission on July 3, 2000 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.14
  Waiver and Amendment, dated as of March 5, 2001, by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P., including, as an exhibit thereto, Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement (previously filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on April 17, 2001 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.15
  Form of Amendment No. 2 to Registration Rights Agreement by and between the Company and PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File no. 333-104240), filed with the Commission on April 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.16
  The Company’s Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on March 12, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.17*
  Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement for the Company’s Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan
   
   
  10.18
  Old Prison Realty’s Non-Employee Trustees’ Compensation Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Old Prison Realty’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File no. 333-58339), filed with the Commission on July 1, 1998 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.19
  Old CCA’s 1995 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 20, 1995 (previously filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Old CCA’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File no. 33-61173), filed with the Commission on July 20, 1995 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.20
  Old CCA’s Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan (previously filed as Appendix A to Old CCA’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to Old CCA’s 1998 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (Commission File no. 001-13560), filed with the Commission on March 31, 1998 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.21
  The Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on March 12, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.22
  Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Corrections Corporation of America 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on November 5, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).

78


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibits
  10.23
  Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Agreement for the Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on November 5, 2004 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.24
  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for the Company’s Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on February 23, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.25
  Employment Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2000, by and between the Company and John D. Ferguson, with form of option agreement included as Exhibit A thereto (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File no. 0-25245), filed with the Commission on August 14, 2000 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.26
  First Amendment to Employment Agreement with John D. Ferguson, dated as of December 31, 2002, by and between the Company and John D. Ferguson (previously filed as Exhibit 10.30 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.27
  Employment Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2005, by and between the Company and Irving E. Lingo, Jr. (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on January 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.28
  Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2002, by and between the Company and James A. Seaton (previously filed as Exhibit 10.33 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.29
  Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2003, by and between the Company and Kenneth A. Bouldin (previously filed as Exhibit 10.34 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.30
  Employment Agreement dated as of May 1, 2003, by and between the Company and G.A. Puryear IV (previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on August 12, 2003 and incorporated herein by this reference).
   
   
  10.31
  Employment Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2005, by and between the Company and Richard P. Seiter (previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission File no. 001-16109), filed with the Commission on January 6, 2005 and incorporated herein by this reference).

79


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description of Exhibits
  21*
  Subsidiaries of the Company.
   
   
  23.1*
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
   
   
   
   
  31.1*
  Certification of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   
   
  31.2*
  Certification of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities and Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   
   
  32.1*
  Certification of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   
   
  32.2*
  Certification of the Company’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

80


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Financial Statements of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries

         
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-7  
    F-10  

F - 1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Corrections Corporation of America

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangibles in 2002.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Corrections Corporation of America’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 4, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

     
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
  Ernst & Young LLP

Nashville, Tennessee
March 4, 2005

F - 2


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except per share data)
                 
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 50,938     $ 70,705  
Restricted cash
    12,965       12,823  
Investments
    8,686       13,526  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,380 and $1,999, respectively
    155,926       135,185  
Deferred tax assets
    56,410       50,473  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    16,636       8,028  
Current assets of discontinued operations
    727       2,438  
 
           
Total current assets
    302,288       293,178  
 
               
Property and equipment, net
    1,660,010       1,586,914  
 
               
Investment in direct financing lease
    17,073       17,751  
Goodwill
    15,563       15,563  
Deferred tax assets
          6,739  
Other assets
    28,144       38,818  
Non-current assets of discontinued operations
          65  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 2,023,078     $ 1,959,028  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 146,751     $ 155,877  
Income taxes payable
    22,207       913  
Distributions payable
          150  
Current portion of long-term debt
    3,182       1,146  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
    125       1,540  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    172,265       159,626  
 
               
Long-term debt, net of current portion
    999,113       1,002,282  
Deferred tax liabilities
    14,132        
Other liabilities
    21,574       21,655  
 
           
Total liabilities
    1,207,084       1,183,563  
 
           
 
               
Commitments and contingencies
               
 
               
Preferred stock - $0.01 par value; 50,000 shares authorized:
               
Series A - 300 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003 stated at liquidation preference of $25.00 per share
          7,500  
Series B - 962 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003 stated at liquidation preference of $24.46 per share
          23,528  
Common stock - - $0.01 par value; 80,000 shares authorized; 35,415 and 35,020 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively
    354       350  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,451,885       1,441,742  
Deferred compensation
    (1,736 )     (1,479 )
Retained deficit
    (634,509 )     (695,590 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
          (586 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    815,994       775,465  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,023,078     $ 1,959,028  
 
           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 3


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
REVENUE:
                       
Management and other
  $ 1,144,413     $ 1,025,493     $ 925,820  
Rental
    3,845       3,742       3,701  
 
                 
 
    1,148,258       1,029,235       929,521  
 
                 
 
                       
EXPENSES:
                       
Operating
    870,572       766,468       712,738  
General and administrative
    48,186       40,467       36,907  
Depreciation and amortization
    54,511       52,930       51,291  
 
                 
 
    973,269       859,865       800,936  
 
                 
 
                       
OPERATING INCOME
    174,989       169,370       128,585  
 
                 
 
                       
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE:
                       
Interest expense, net
    69,177       74,446       87,478  
Expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions
    101       6,687       36,670  
Change in fair value of derivative instruments
          (2,900 )     (2,206 )
Other (income) expense
    943       (414 )     (359 )
 
                 
 
    70,221       77,819       121,583  
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE
    104,768       91,551       7,002  
Income tax (expense) benefit
    (42,126 )     52,352       63,284  
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE
    62,642       143,903       70,286  
 
                       
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (99 )     (2,120 )     2,074  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (80,276 )
 
                 
 
                       
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    62,543       141,783       (7,916 )
 
                       
Distributions to preferred stockholders
    (1,462 )     (15,262 )     (20,959 )
 
                 
 
                       
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
  $ 61,081     $ 126,521     $ (28,875 )
 
                 
 
                       
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 1.74     $ 3.99     $ 1.78  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (0.07 )     0.08  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (2.90 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.74     $ 3.92     $ (1.04 )
 
                 
 
                       
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 1.55     $ 3.50     $ 1.61  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (0.06 )     0.06  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (2.49 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.55     $ 3.44     $ (0.82 )
 
                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 4


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 62,543     $ 141,783     $ (7,916 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    54,574       54,011       54,388  
Amortization of debt issuance costs and other non-cash interest
    6,750       7,505       11,816  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                80,276  
Expenses associated with debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions
    101       6,687       36,670  
Deferred income taxes
    14,934       (52,725 )     646  
Other (income) expense
    807       (675 )     (469 )
Other non-cash items
    2,369       2,259       2,455  
Income tax benefit of equity compensation
    3,683       2,643        
(Gain) loss on disposals of assets
    (24 )     266       130  
Change in fair value of derivative instruments
          (2,900 )     (2,206 )
Changes in assets and liabilities, net:
                       
Accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets
    (28,654 )     2,892       7,706  
Income taxes receivable
          32,499       (32,141 )
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (12,396 )     12,294       5,405  
Income taxes payable
    21,294       (3,692 )     (55,371 )
 
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    125,981       202,847       101,389  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Expenditures for acquisitions and development
    (80,548 )     (56,673 )     (4,843 )
Expenditures for other capital improvements
    (47,480 )     (35,522 )     (12,254 )
Proceeds from sale of investments
    5,000       7,000        
Purchases of investments
    (160 )     (230 )     (20,296 )
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash
    (66 )     (5,460 )     5,174  
Proceeds from sale of assets
    179       487       4,595  
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    6,257       (4,099 )     (3,199 )
Purchase of business
                (321 )
Payments received on direct financing leases and notes receivable
    601       986       1,175  
 
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (116,217 )     (93,511 )     (29,969 )
 
                 
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of debt
          482,250       890,000  
Scheduled principal repayments
    (843 )     (7,394 )     (17,764 )
Other principal repayments
          (387,266 )     (878,938 )
Payment of debt issuance and other refinancing and related costs
    (993 )     (18,579 )     (37,478 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
          124,800        
Payment of stock issuance costs
          (7,674 )     (21 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and warrants
    4,945       1,276       433  
Purchase and retirement of common stock
          (66,464 )      
Purchase and redemption of preferred stock
    (31,028 )     (191,984 )     (354 )
Payment of dividends
    (1,612 )     (12,706 )     (19,648 )
Payment to terminate interest rate swap agreement
                (8,847 )
 
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (29,531 )     (83,741 )     (72,617 )
 
                 
 
                       
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (19,767 )     25,595       (1,197 )
 
                       
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year
    70,705       45,110       46,307  
 
                 
 
                       
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year
  $ 50,938     $ 70,705     $ 45,110  
 
                 

(Continued)

F - 5


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

(Continued)

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,
    2004     2003     2002  
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Cash paid during the period for:
                       
Interest (net of amounts capitalized of $5,839 and $900 in 2004 and 2003, respectively)
  $ 65,592     $ 79,068     $ 73,067  
 
                 
Income taxes
  $ 3,511     $ 2,183     $ 56,396  
 
                 
 
                       
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Convertible subordinated notes were converted to common stock:
                       
Long-term debt
  $     $ (40,000 )   $ (1,114 )
Common stock
          34       1  
Additional paid-in capital
          39,512       1,113  
Other assets
          454        
 
                 
 
  $     $     $  
 
                 
 
                       
The Company acquired a business for debt and cash:
                       
Accounts receivable
  $     $     $ (177 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
                (21 )
Property and equipment, net
                (20 )
Other assets
                (578 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
                300  
Debt
                175  
 
                 
 
  $     $     $ (321 )
 
                 
 
                       
The Company issued shares of common stock and a promissory note payable in satisfaction of stockholder litigation:
                       
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $     $ (5,998 )   $  
Long-term debt
          2,900        
Common stock
          3        
Additional paid-in capital
          3,051        
Other assets
          44        
 
                 
 
  $     $     $  
 
                 
 
                       
The Company issued Series B Preferred Stock in lieu of cash distributions to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the applicable record date:
                       
Distributions payable
  $     $ (7,736 )   $ (11,834 )
Preferred stock – Series B
          7,736       11,834  
 
                 
 
  $     $     $  
 
                 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 6


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002
(in thousands)
                                                                         
                                                            Accumulated        
    Series A     Series B             Additional             Retained             Other     Total  
    Preferred     Preferred     Common     Paid-In     Deferred     Earnings     Treasury     Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
    Stock     Stock     Stock     Capital     Compensation     (Deficit)     Stock     Income (Loss)     Equity  
BALANCE, December 31, 2001
  $ 107,500     $ 96,566     $ 279     $ 1,341,958     $ (3,153 )   $ (793,236 )   $ (242 )   $ (2,511 )   $ 747,161  
 
                                                     
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                       
Net loss
                                  (7,916 )                 (7,916 )
Change in fair value of interest rate cap, net of tax
                                              (964 )     (964 )
Amortization of transition adjustment, net of tax
                                              2,511       2,511  
 
                                                     
Total comprehensive loss
                                  (7,916 )           1,547       (6,369 )
 
                                                     
Distributions to preferred stockholders
          11,834                         (20,959 )                 (9,125 )
Conversion of subordinated notes
                1       1,113                               1,114  
Amortization of deferred compensation, net of forfeitures
          (167 )           (223 )     1,549                         1,159  
Stock issuance costs
                      (21 )                             (21 )
Stock options exercised
                      433                               433  
Retirement of treasury stock
                      (242 )                 242              
Retirement of series B preferred stock
          (402 )           48                               (354 )
 
                                                     
BALANCE, December 31, 2002
  $ 107,500     $ 107,831     $ 280     $ 1,343,066     $ (1,604 )   $ (822,111 )   $     $ (964 )   $ 733,998  
 
                                                     

(Continued)

F - 7


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003, AND 2002

(in thousands)

(Continued)

                                                                         
                                                            Accumulated        
    Series A     Series B             Additional             Retained             Other     Total  
    Preferred     Preferred     Common     Paid-In     Deferred     Earnings     Treasury     Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
    Stock     Stock     Stock     Capital     Compensation     (Deficit)     Stock     Income (Loss)     Equity  
BALANCE, December 31, 2002
  $ 107,500     $ 107,831     $ 280     $ 1,343,066     $ (1,604 )   $ (822,111 )   $     $ (964 )   $ 733,998  
 
                                                     
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Net income
                                  141,783                   141,783  
Change in fair value of interest rate cap, net of tax
                                              378       378  
 
                                                     
Total comprehensive income
                                  141,783             378       142,161  
 
                                                     
Distributions to preferred stockholders
          7,736                         (15,262 )                 (7,526 )
Issuance of common stock, net
                64       117,103                               117,167  
Retirement of common stock
                      (842 )                             (842 )
Deferred tax valuation allowance reversal
                      2,643                               2,643  
Retirement of series B preferred stock
          (347 )                                         (347 )
Redemption of preferred stock
    (100,000 )     (91,637 )                                         (191,637 )
Conversion of subordinated notes
                34       39,512                               39,546  
Repurchase of common stock
                (34 )     (65,588 )                             (65,622 )
Warrants exercised
                1                                     1  
State stockholder litigation settlement
                3       3,051                               3,054  
Amortization of deferred compensation, net of forfeitures
          (55 )           (71 )     1,720                         1,594  
Restricted stock grant
                1       1,594       (1,595 )                        
Stock options exercised
                1       1,274                               1,275  
 
                                                     
BALANCE, December 31, 2003
  $ 7,500     $ 23,528     $ 350     $ 1,441,742     $ (1,479 )   $ (695,590 )   $     $ (586 )   $ 775,465  
 
                                                     

(Continued)

F - 8


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003, AND 2002

(in thousands)

(Continued)

                                                                         
                                                            Accumulated        
    Series A     Series B             Additional             Retained             Other     Total  
    Preferred     Preferred     Common     Paid-In     Deferred     Earnings     Treasury     Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
    Stock     Stock     Stock     Capital     Compensation     (Deficit)     Stock     Income (Loss)     Equity  
BALANCE, December 31, 2003
  $ 7,500     $ 23,528     $ 350     $ 1,441,742     $ (1,479 )   $ (695,590 )   $     $ (586 )   $ 775,465  
 
                                                     
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
Net income
                                  62,543                   62,543  
Change in fair value of interest rate cap, net of tax
                                              586       586  
 
                                                     
Total comprehensive income
                                  62,543             586       63,129  
 
                                                     
Distributions to preferred stockholders
                                  (1,462 )                 (1,462 )
Income tax benefit of equity compensation
                      3,683                               3,683  
Redemption of preferred stock
    (7,500 )     (23,528 )                                         (31,028 )
Issuance of common stock
                      50                               50  
Amortization of deferred compensation, net of forfeitures
                      (106 )     1,318                         1,212  
Restricted stock grant
                1       1,574       (1,575 )                        
Stock options exercised
                3       4,942                               4,945  
 
                                                     
BALANCE, December 31, 2004
  $     $     $ 354     $ 1,451,885     $ (1,736 )   $ (634,509 )   $     $     $ 815,994  
 
                                                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F - 9


Table of Contents

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002

1.   ORGANIZATION AND OPERATIONS

Corrections Corporation of America (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is the nation’s largest owner and operator of privatized correctional and detention facilities and one of the largest prison operators in the United States, behind only the federal government and three states. As of December 31, 2004, the Company owned 42 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, three of which the Company leases to other operators. At December 31, 2004, the Company operated 64 facilities, including 39 facilities that it owned, located in 19 states and the District of Columbia.

The Company specializes in owning, operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing inmate residential and prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies. In addition to providing the fundamental residential services relating to inmates, the Company’s facilities offer a variety of rehabilitation and educational programs, including basic education, religious services, life skills and employment training and substance abuse treatment. These services are intended to help reduce recidivism and to prepare inmates for their successful reentry into society upon their release. The Company also provides health care (including medical, dental and psychiatric services), food services and work and recreational programs.

The Company’s website address is www.correctionscorp.com. The Company makes its Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, Form 8-K, and Section 16 reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) available on its website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company on a consolidated basis with its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all liquid debt instruments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash at December 31, 2004 was $13.0 million, of which $7.2 million represents cash collateral for a guarantee agreement as further described in Note 17 and $5.8 million represents cash for a capital improvements, replacements, and repairs reserve. Restricted cash at December 31, 2003 was $12.8 million, of which $7.1 million represents cash collateral for the guarantee

F - 10


Table of Contents

agreement and $5.7 million represents cash for a capital improvements, replacements, and repairs reserve.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, accounts receivable of $155.9 million and $135.2 million were net of allowances for doubtful accounts totaling $1.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively. Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from federal, state, and local government agencies for operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing inmate residential and prisoner transportation services.

Accounts receivable are stated at estimated net realizable value. The Company recognizes allowances for doubtful accounts to ensure receivables are not overstated due to uncollectibility. Bad debt reserves are maintained for customers in the aggregate based on a variety of factors, including the length of time receivables are past due, significant one-time events and historical experience. If circumstances related to customers change, estimates of the recoverability of receivables would be further adjusted.

Investments

Investments consist of cash invested in auction rate securities held by a large financial institution. Auction rate securities have legal maturities that typically are at least twenty years, but have their interest rates reset approximately every 28-35 days under an auction system. Because liquidity in these instruments is provided from third parties (the buyers and sellers in the auction) and not the issuer, auctions may fail. In those cases, the auction rate securities remain outstanding, with their interest rate set at the maximum rate which is established in the securities. Despite the fact that auctions rarely fail, the only time the issuer must redeem an auction rate security for cash is at its maturity. Because auction rate securities are frequently re-priced, they trade in the market like short-term investments. These investments are carried at fair value, and are classified as current assets because they are available for sale and are generally available to support the Company’s current operations. Auction rate securities of $13.5 million were reclassified from cash in the prior year financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is carried at cost. Assets acquired by the Company in conjunction with acquisitions are recorded at estimated fair market value in accordance with the purchase method of accounting. Betterments, renewals and significant repairs that extend the life of an asset are capitalized; other repair and maintenance costs are expensed. Interest is capitalized to the asset to which it relates in connection with the construction or expansion of facilities. The cost and accumulated depreciation applicable to assets retired are removed from the accounts and the gain or loss on disposition is recognized in income. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of depreciable assets using the straight-line method. Useful lives for property and equipment are as follows:

         
Land improvements
  5 – 20 years
Buildings and improvements
  5 – 50 years
Equipment
  3 – 5 years
Office furniture and fixtures
  5 years

F - 11


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill

Intangible assets other than goodwill include contract acquisition costs, a customer list and contract values established in connection with certain business combinations. Contract acquisition costs (included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets) and contract values (included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets) represent the estimated fair values of the identifiable intangibles acquired in connection with mergers and acquisitions completed during 2000. Contract acquisition costs and contract values are generally amortized into amortization expense using the interest method over the lives of the related management contracts acquired, which range from three months to approximately 19 years. The customer list (included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets), which was acquired in connection with the acquisition of a prisoner extradition company on December 31, 2002, is being amortized over seven years, which is the expected life of the customer list.

Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill

Long-lived assets other than goodwill are reviewed for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For assets that are to be held and used, an impairment is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset or group of assets is less than their carrying value. If an impairment exists, an adjustment is made to write the asset down to its fair value, and a loss is recorded as the difference between the carrying value and fair value. Fair values are determined based on quoted market values, discounted cash flows or internal and external appraisals, as applicable.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the cost in excess of the net assets of businesses acquired. As further discussed in Note 3, goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually using a fair-value based approach.

Investment in Direct Financing Lease

Investment in direct financing lease represents the portion of the Company’s management contract with a governmental agency that represents capitalized lease payments on buildings and equipment. The lease is accounted for using the financing method and, accordingly, the minimum lease payments to be received over the term of the lease less unearned income are capitalized as the Company’s investment in the lease. Unearned income is recognized as income over the term of the lease using the interest method.

Investment in Affiliates

Investments in affiliates that are equal to or less than 50%-owned over which the Company can exercise significant influence are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

Debt Issuance Costs

Generally, debt issuance costs, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, are capitalized and amortized into interest expense on a straight-line basis, which is not materially different than the interest method, over the term of the related debt. However, certain debt issuance costs incurred in connection with debt refinancings are charged to expense in accordance with

F - 12


Table of Contents

Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-19, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments.”

Management and Other Revenue

The Company maintains contracts with certain governmental entities to manage their facilities for fixed per diem rates. The Company also maintains contracts with various federal, state and local governmental entities for the housing of inmates in company-owned facilities at fixed per diem rates or monthly fixed rates. These contracts usually contain expiration dates with renewal options ranging from annual to multi-year renewals. Most of these contracts have current terms that require renewal every two to five years. Additionally, most facility management contracts contain clauses that allow the government agency to terminate a contract without cause, and are generally subject to legislative appropriations. The Company generally expects to renew these contracts for periods consistent with the remaining renewal options allowed by the contracts or other reasonable extensions; however, no assurance can be given that such renewals will be obtained. Fixed monthly rate revenue is recorded in the month earned and fixed per diem revenue is recorded based on the per diem rate multiplied by the number of inmates housed during the respective period. The Company recognizes any additional management service revenues when earned. Certain of the government agencies also have the authority to audit and investigate the Company’s contracts with them. For contracts that actually or effectively provide for certain reimbursement of expenses, if the agency determines that the Company has improperly allocated costs to a specific contract, the Company may not be reimbursed for those costs and could be required to refund the amount of any such costs that have been reimbursed.

Other revenue consists primarily of revenues generated from prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies.

Rental Revenue

Rental revenue is recognized based on the terms of the Company’s leases.

Self-Funded Insurance Reserves

The Company is significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance claims. As such, the Company’s insurance expense is largely dependent on claims experience and the Company’s ability to control its claims experience. The Company has consistently accrued the estimated liability for employee health insurance based on its history of claims experience and time lag between the incident date and the date the cost is paid by the Company. The Company has accrued the estimated liability for workers’ compensation and automobile insurance based on a third-party actuarial valuation of the outstanding liabilities. These estimates could change in the future.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). SFAS 109 generally requires the Company to record deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between book and tax bases of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes

F - 13


Table of Contents

and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of its deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. Prior to the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve its deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. However, at December 31, 2003, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that substantially all of its deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, in accordance with SFAS 109, the valuation allowance applied to such deferred tax assets was reversed.

Removal of the valuation allowance resulted in a significant non-cash reduction in income tax expense. In addition, because a portion of the previously recorded valuation allowance was established to reserve certain deferred tax assets upon the acquisitions of two service companies during 2000, in accordance with SFAS 109, removal of the valuation allowance resulted in a reduction to the remaining goodwill recorded in connection with such acquisitions to the extent the reversal related to the valuation allowance applied to deferred tax assets existing at the date the service companies were acquired. In addition, removal of the valuation allowance resulted in an increase in the Company’s additional paid-in capital related to the tax benefits of exercises of employee stock options and of grants of restricted stock. The reduction to goodwill amounted to $4.5 million, while additional paid-in capital increased $2.6 million. The 2004 financial statements reflected, and future financial statements are expected to continue to reflect, a provision for income taxes at the applicable federal and state tax rates on income before taxes.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The Company has extended a working capital loan to Agecroft Prison Management, Ltd. (“APM”), the operator of a correctional facility previously owned by the Company in Salford, England. The working capital loan is denominated in British pounds; consequently, the Company adjusts these receivables to the current exchange rate at each balance sheet date and recognizes the unrealized currency gain or loss in current period earnings. See Note 6 for further discussion of the Company’s relationship with APM.

Fair Value of Derivative and Financial Instruments

Derivative Instruments

The Company may enter into derivative financial instrument transactions from time to time in order to mitigate its interest rate risk on a related financial instrument. The Company accounts for these derivative financial instruments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”). SFAS 133, as amended, requires that changes in a derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. The Company estimates the fair value of its derivative instruments using third-party valuation specialists and option-pricing models that value the potential for the derivative instruments to become in-the-money through changes in interest rates during the remaining term of the agreements. A negative fair value represents the estimated amount the Company would have to pay to cancel the contract or transfer it to other parties.

See Note 13 for a further description of derivative instruments outstanding during the three year period ended December 31, 2004.

F - 14


Table of Contents

Financial Instruments

To meet the reporting requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” the Company calculates the estimated fair value of financial instruments using quoted market prices of similar instruments or discounted cash flow techniques. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, there were no material differences between the carrying amounts and the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, other than as follows (in thousands):

                                   
        December 31,  
      2004     2003  
      Carrying             Carrying        
      Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
 
Investment in direct financing lease
  $ 17,744     $ 22,623     $ 18,346     $ 23,919  
 
Note receivable from APM
  $ 6,078     $ 9,875     $ 5,610     $ 9,323  
 
Debt
  $ (1,002,295 )   $ (1,061,566 )   $ (1,003,428 )   $ (1,051,629 )

Use of Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company’s credit risks relate primarily to cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and an investment in a direct financing lease. Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are primarily held in bank accounts and overnight investments. The Company’s accounts receivable and investment in direct financing lease represent amounts due primarily from governmental agencies. The Company’s financial instruments are subject to the possibility of loss in carrying value as a result of either the failure of other parties to perform according to their contractual obligations or changes in market prices that make the instruments less valuable.

The Company derives its revenues primarily from amounts earned under federal, state, and local government management contracts. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, federal correctional and detention authorities represented 37%, 37%, and 33%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenue. Federal correctional and detention authorities consist of the Federal Bureau of Prisons, or BOP, the United States Marshals Service, or USMS, and the Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement, or ICE (formerly the Immigration and Naturalization Service, or INS). The BOP accounted for 15%, 16%, and 14%, respectively, of total revenue for 2004, 2003, and 2002. The USMS accounted for 14%, 14%, and 12%, respectively, of total revenue for 2004, 2003, and 2002. Both the BOP and USMS have management contracts at facilities the Company owns and at facilities the Company manages but does not own. No other customer generated more than 10% of total revenue during 2004, 2003, or 2002.

Comprehensive Income

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a

F - 15


Table of Contents

full set of general purpose financial statements. Comprehensive income encompasses all changes in stockholders’ equity except those arising from transactions with stockholders.

The Company reports comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Restricted Stock

The Company amortizes the fair market value of restricted stock awards over the vesting period using the straight-line method.

Other Stock-Based Compensation

On December 31, 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS 148”). SFAS 148 amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”) to provide alternative methods of transition to SFAS 123’s fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 and Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting”, to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS 148 does not amend SFAS 123 to require companies to account for employee stock options using the fair value method, the disclosure provisions of SFAS 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for the compensation using the fair value method of SFAS 123 or the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). See “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” hereafter for a description of a change in future accounting and reporting requirements for all share-based payments, including stock options.

At December 31, 2004, the Company had equity incentive plans, which are described more fully in Note 15. The Company accounts for those plans under the recognition and measurement principles of APB 25. No employee compensation cost for the Company’s stock options is reflected in net income, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 to stock-based employee compensation (in thousands, except per share data).

F - 16


Table of Contents

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
As Reported:
                       
Income from continuing operations and after preferred stock distributions
  $ 61,180     $ 128,641     $ 49,327  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (99 )     (2,120 )     2,074  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (80,276 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 61,081     $ 126,521     $ (28,875 )
 
                 
 
                       
Pro Forma:
                       
Income from continuing operations and after preferred stock distributions
  $ 57,168     $ 122,233     $ 44,166  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (99 )     (2,120 )     2,074  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (80,276 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 57,069     $ 120,113     $ (34,036 )
 
                 
 
                       
As Reported:
                       
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.74     $ 3.99     $ 1.78  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (0.07 )     0.08  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (2.90 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.74     $ 3.92     $ (1.04 )
 
                 
 
                       
As Reported:
                       
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.55     $ 3.50     $ 1.61  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (0.06 )     0.06  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (2.49 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.55     $ 3.44     $ (0.82 )
 
                 
 
                       
Pro Forma:
                       
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.63     $ 3.80     $ 1.59  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (0.07 )     0.08  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (2.90 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.63     $ 3.73     $ (1.23 )
 
                 
 
                       
Pro Forma:
                       
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 1.45     $ 3.33     $ 1.45  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (0.06 )     0.06  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (2.49 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.45     $ 3.27     $ (0.98 )
 
                 

The effect of applying SFAS 123 for disclosing compensation costs under such pronouncement may not be representative of the effects on reported net income (loss) available to common stockholders for future years.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51” (“FIN 46”). FIN 46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements” to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or in which equity investors do not bear the residual economic risks. FIN 46 is effective for all entities other than special purpose entities no later than the end of the first period that ends after March 15,

F - 17


Table of Contents

2004. The Company has no investments in special purpose entities. The Company adopted FIN 46 effective January 1, 2004.

The Company has determined that its joint venture in APM as discussed in Note 6 is a variable interest entity (“VIE”), of which the Company is not the primary beneficiary. APM has a management contract for a correctional facility located in Salford, England. All gains and losses under the joint venture are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. During 2000, the Company extended a working capital loan to APM, which totaled $6.5 million, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2004. The outstanding working capital loan represents the Company’s maximum exposure to loss in connection with APM. APM has not been, and in accordance with FIN 46 will not be, consolidated with the Company’s financial statements.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), which is a revision of SFAS 123. SFAS 123R supersedes APB Opinion No. 25 and amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” Generally, the approach in SFAS 123R is similar to the approach described in SFAS 123. However, SFAS 123R requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

SFAS 123R must be adopted no later than July 1, 2005. Early adoption will be permitted in periods in which financial statements have not yet been issued. The Company expects to adopt SFAS 123R on July 1, 2005.

SFAS 123R permits public companies to adopt its requirements using one of two methods:

  1.   A “modified prospective” method in which compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS 123R for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS 123R that remain unvested on the effective date.
 
  2.   A “modified retrospective” method which includes the requirements of the modified prospective method described above, but also permits entities to restate based on the amounts previously recognized under SFAS 123 for purposes of pro forma disclosures either for (a) all prior periods presented or (b) prior interim periods of the year of adoption.

The Company has not yet determined the method it plans to adopt.

As permitted by SFAS 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, recognizes no compensation cost for employee stock options. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS 123R’s fair value method will have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations, although it will have no impact on the Company’s overall financial position. The impact of adoption of SFAS 123R cannot be predicted at this time because it will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future. However, had the Company adopted SFAS 123R in prior periods, the impact of that standard would have approximated the impact of SFAS 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income and earnings per share in the preceding caption, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation cost to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as required under current

F - 18


Table of Contents

literature. This requirement will reduce net operating cash flows and increase net financing cash flows in periods after adoption.

3.   GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLES

Effective January 1, 2002 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), which established new accounting and reporting requirements for goodwill and other intangible assets. Under SFAS 142, all goodwill amortization ceased effective January 1, 2002 and goodwill attributable to each of the Company’s reporting units was tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. Fair value was determined using a collaboration of various common valuation techniques, including market multiples, discounted cash flows, and replacement cost methods. These impairment tests are required to be performed at adoption of SFAS 142 and at least annually thereafter. The Company performs its impairment tests during the fourth quarter, in connection with the Company’s annual budgeting process, and whenever circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable.

Based on the Company’s initial impairment tests, the Company recognized an impairment of $80.3 million to write-off the carrying value of goodwill associated with the Company’s locations included in the owned and managed reporting segment during the first quarter of 2002. This goodwill was established in connection with the acquisition of a company during 2000. The remaining goodwill, which is associated with the facilities the Company manages but does not own, was deemed to be not impaired. This remaining goodwill was established in connection with the acquisitions of two service companies during 2000. The implied fair value of goodwill of the locations included in the owned and managed reporting segment did not support the carrying value of any goodwill, primarily due to its highly leveraged capital structure. No impairment of goodwill allocated to the locations included in the managed-only reporting segment was deemed necessary, primarily because of the relatively minimal capital expenditure requirements, and therefore indebtedness, in connection with obtaining such management contracts. Under SFAS 142, the impairment recognized at adoption of the new rules was reflected as a cumulative effect of accounting change in the Company’s statement of operations for the first quarter of 2002. Impairment adjustments recognized after adoption, if any, are required to be recognized as operating expenses.

As a result of the expiration during the first quarter of 2003 of the Company’s contracts to manage the Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center and the Lawrenceville Correctional Center, as further described in Note 14, the Company recognized goodwill impairment charges of $268,000 and $340,000, respectively. These charges are included in loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes, in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003.

Also, as a result of the Texas Department of Criminal Justice’s (“TDCJ”) decision in November 2003 to not renew the contract for the continued management of the Sanders Estes Unit upon its expiration on January 15, 2004, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $244,000. This charge was included in depreciation and amortization in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2003.

In connection with the adoption of SFAS 142, the Company also reassessed the useful lives and the classification of its identifiable intangible assets and liabilities and determined that they continue to be appropriate. The components of the Company’s intangible assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

F - 19


Table of Contents

                                 
    December 31, 2004     December 31, 2003  
    Gross Carrying     Accumulated     Gross Carrying     Accumulated  
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
Contract acquisition costs
  $ 873     $ (839 )   $ 873     $ (820 )
Customer list
    765       (219 )     765       (110 )
Contract values
    (35,688 )     16,759       (35,688 )     15,336  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ (34,050 )   $ 15,701     $ (34,050 )   $ 14,406  
 
                       

Contract acquisition costs and the customer list are included in other non-current assets, and contract values are included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Amortization income, net of amortization expense, for intangible assets and liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 was $3.4 million, $3.4 million and $1.8 million, respectively. Estimated amortization income, net of amortization expense, for the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

         
2005
  $ 4,223  
2006
    4,552  
2007
    4,552  
2008
    4,552  
2009
    3,095  

4.   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

At December 31, 2004, the Company owned 44 real estate properties, including 42 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, three of which the Company leases to other operators, and two corporate office buildings. At December 31, 2004, the Company also managed 25 correctional and detention facilities owned by government agencies.

Property and equipment, at cost, consists of the following (in thousands):

                 
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
Land and improvements
  $ 36,165     $ 34,277  
Buildings and improvements
    1,734,872       1,649,063  
Equipment
    94,590       66,167  
Office furniture and fixtures
    23,370       22,225  
Construction in progress
    68,033       56,675  
 
           
 
    1,957,030       1,828,407  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
    (297,020 )     (241,493 )
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 1,660,010     $ 1,586,914  
 
           

Construction in progress primarily consists of correctional facilities under construction or expansion and software under development for internal use capitalized in accordance with Statement of Position 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” Interest is capitalized on construction in progress in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 34, “Capitalization of Interest Cost” and amounted to $5.8 million and $0.9 million in 2004 and 2003, respectively. No interest was capitalized during 2002.

Depreciation expense was $57.9 million, $56.3 million and $53.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

F - 20


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2004, ten of the facilities owned by the Company are subject to options that allow various governmental agencies to purchase those facilities. In addition, three facilities, including two that are also subject to purchase options, are constructed on land that the Company leases from governmental agencies under ground leases. Under the terms of those ground leases, the facilities become the property of the governmental agencies upon expiration of the ground leases. The Company depreciates these properties over the shorter of the term of the applicable ground lease or the estimated useful life of the property.

During the third quarter of 2003, the Company transferred all of the Wisconsin inmates housed at its North Fork Correctional Facility located in Sayre, Oklahoma to its Diamondback Correctional Facility located in Watonga, Oklahoma in order to satisfy a contractual provision mandated by the state of Wisconsin. As a result of the transfer, North Fork Correctional Facility will remain closed for an indefinite period of time. The Company is currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the beds that became available at the North Fork Correctional Facility but can provide no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.

During the second quarter of 2004, the Company resumed operations at its Northeast Ohio Correctional Center located in Youngstown, Ohio. Throughout the remainder of 2004, the Company managed 100-300 federal prisoners from United States federal court districts that experienced a lack of detention space and/or high detention costs. On December 23, 2004, the Company announced that it received a contract award from the BOP to house approximately 1,195 federal inmates at this facility. The contract, awarded as part of the Criminal Alien Requirement Phase 4 Solicitation (“CAR 4”), provides for an initial four-year term with three two-year renewal options. The terms of the contract provide for a 50% guaranteed rate of occupancy for 90 days following a Notice to Proceed, and a 90% guaranteed rate of occupancy thereafter. The Company expects to receive a Notice to Proceed within 180 days of the contract award.

During the third quarter of 2003, the Company announced its intention to complete construction of the Stewart County Correctional Facility located in Stewart County, Georgia. Construction on the 1,524-bed Stewart County Correctional Facility began in August 1999 and was suspended in May 2000. The decision to complete construction of this facility, which is expected to cost $26.5 million, is based on anticipated demand from several government customers having a need for inmate bed capacity in the Southeast region of the country. During the fourth quarter of 2004, 273 beds were completed and available for use. Construction on the remaining portion of the facility is expected to be complete in the second quarter of 2005. The Company is currently pursuing new management contracts and other opportunities to take advantage of the capacity at the Stewart County Correctional Facility, but can provide no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.

A substantial portion of the Company’s assets are pledged as collateral on the Company’s Senior Bank Credit Facility, as defined in Note 11.

5.   FACILITY ACQUISITIONS, DISPOSITIONS AND EXPANSIONS

On January 17, 2003, the Company purchased the Crowley County Correctional Facility, a medium security adult male prison facility located in Olney Springs, Crowley County, Colorado, for a purchase price of $47.5 million. As part of the transaction, the Company also assumed a management contract with the state of Colorado and subsequently entered into a new contract with the state of Wyoming, and took over management of the facility effective January 18, 2003. The Company financed the purchase price through $30.0 million in borrowings under its Senior Bank Credit Facility, as defined in Note 11, pursuant to an expansion of the then outstanding Term Loan B Facility, as defined in Note 11, with the balance of the purchase price satisfied with cash on hand.

F - 21


Table of Contents

On September 10, 2003, in anticipation of increasing demand from the states of Colorado and Wyoming, the Company announced its intention to expand by 594 beds the Crowley County Correctional Facility. On July 1, 2004, the Company announced the completion of a contractual agreement with the state of Washington Department of Corrections. The Company currently houses inmates from the state of Washington pursuant to this contract at the Crowley County Correctional Facility as well as at its Prairie Correctional Facility, located in Appleton, Minnesota and its Florence Correctional Center located in Florence, Arizona. The cost of the expansion was approximately $23.3 million and was completed during the fourth quarter of 2004.

In October 2003, the Company announced a new contract with the ICE for up to 905 detainees at its Houston Processing Center located in Houston, Texas. In addition, the Company announced its intention to expand the facility to accommodate detainees under the new contract, which contains a guarantee that ICE will utilize 679 beds at such time as the expansion is completed. The anticipated cost of the expansion is approximately $27.1 million and is estimated to be completed during the first quarter of 2005.

During January 2004, the Company also announced the signing of a new contract with the USMS to manage up to 800 inmates at its Leavenworth Detention Center located in Leavenworth, Kansas. To fulfill the requirements of this contract, the Company expanded the Leavenworth Detention Center. The new contract provides a guarantee that the USMS will utilize 400 beds. The cost to expand the facility was approximately $11.1 million and was completed during the fourth quarter of 2004.

During January 2004, the Company also announced its intention to expand the Florence Correctional Center. The expansion was completed during the fourth quarter of 2004 at a cost of approximately $7.0 million. The facility currently houses federal inmates as well as inmates from various state and local agencies.

On February 1, 2005, the Company announced the commencement of construction on the Red Rock Correctional Center, a new 1,596-bed correctional facility located in Eloy, Arizona. The facility will be owned and managed by the Company, and is expected to cost approximately $75 million. The project is slated for completion during the first quarter of 2006. The capacity at the new facility is intended primarily for the Company’s existing customers.

6.   INVESTMENT IN AFFILIATE

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2002, equity in loss of joint venture was $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, while the Company’s equity in earnings of joint venture was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is included in other (income) expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The earnings and losses resulted from the Company’s 50% ownership interest in APM, an entity holding the management contract for a correctional facility under a 25-year prison management contract with an agency of the United Kingdom government. The Agecroft facility, located in Salford, England, was previously constructed and owned by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, which was sold in April 2001. As discussed in Note 2, the Company has extended a working capital loan to APM, which totaled $6.5 million, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2004. Because the Company’s investment in APM has no carrying value, equity in losses of APM are applied as a reduction to the net carrying value of the note receivable balance, which is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F - 22


Table of Contents

7.   INVESTMENT IN DIRECT FINANCING LEASE

At December 31, 2004, the Company’s investment in a direct financing lease represents net receivables under a building and equipment lease between the Company and the District of Columbia for the D.C. Correctional Treatment Facility.

A schedule of future minimum rentals to be received under the direct financing lease in future years is as follows (in thousands):

         
2005
  $ 2,793  
2006
    2,793  
2007
    2,793  
2008
    2,793  
2009
    2,793  
Thereafter
    20,243  
 
     
Total minimum obligation
    34,208  
Less unearned interest income
    (16,464 )
Less current portion of direct financing lease
    (671 )
 
     
 
       
Investment in direct financing lease
  $ 17,073  
 
     

During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, the Company recorded interest income of $2.2 million, $2.3 million, and $2.3 million, respectively, under this direct financing lease.

8.   OTHER ASSETS

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):

                 
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
Debt issuance costs, less accumulated amortization of $9,773 and $5,417, respectively
  $ 18,827     $ 22,298  
Notes receivable, net
    4,921       6,102  
Contract acquisition costs, less accumulated amortization of $839 and $820, respectively
    34       53  
Deposits
    2,326       8,629  
Customer list, less accumulated amortization of $219 and $110, respectively
    546       655  
Other
    1,490       1,081  
 
           
 
  $ 28,144     $ 38,818  
 
           

F - 23


Table of Contents

9.   ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

                 
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
Trade accounts payable
  $ 13,219     $ 16,283  
Accrued salaries and wages
    16,947       25,573  
Accrued workers’ compensation and auto liability
    27,168       24,168  
Accrued litigation
    17,248       20,214  
Accrued employee medical insurance
    7,212       7,796  
Accrued property taxes
    12,538       12,142  
Accrued interest
    11,745       10,893  
Other
    40,674       38,808  
 
           
 
               
 
  $ 146,751     $ 155,877  
 
           

10.   DISTRIBUTIONS TO STOCKHOLDERS

Series A Preferred Stock

On December 7, 2001, the Company completed an amendment and restatement of the then outstanding senior bank credit facility, whereby certain financial and non-financial covenants were amended, including the removal of prior restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends on shares of its series A preferred stock. Under the terms of the amendment and restatement, the Company was permitted to pay quarterly dividends, when declared by the board of directors, on the shares of its series A preferred stock, including all dividends in arrears. On December 13, 2001, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash dividend on the series A preferred stock for the fourth quarter of 2001 and for the five quarters that had been in arrears, payable on January 15, 2002. As a result of the board’s declaration, the holders of the Company’s series A preferred stock received $3.00 for every share of series A preferred stock they held on the record date. The dividend was based on a dividend rate of 8% per annum of the stock’s stated value of $25.00 per share. The Company paid $12.9 million on January 15, 2002, as a result of this dividend. The Company declared and paid a cash dividend each quarter thereafter at a rate of 8% per annum of the stock’s stated value through the date the series A preferred stock was redeemed. See Note 15 for further discussion of redemptions of the Company’s series A preferred stock during 2003 and 2004.

Quarterly distributions and the resulting tax classification for the series A preferred stock distributions are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002:

                             
    Record   Payment   Distribution Per             Return of
       Declaration Date   Date   Date   Share     Ordinary Income     Capital
12/31/01
  12/31/01   01/15/02   $ 3.00       100.0 %   0.0%
03/19/02
  03/28/02   04/15/02   $ 0.50       100.0 %   0.0%
06/13/02
  06/28/02   07/15/02   $ 0.50       100.0 %   0.0%
09/18/02
  09/30/02   10/15/02   $ 0.50       100.0 %   0.0%
12/11/02
  12/31/02   01/15/03   $ 0.50       100.0 %   0.0%
03/11/03
  03/31/03   04/15/03   $ 0.50       100.0 %   0.0%
06/20/03
  06/30/03   07/15/03   $ 0.50       100.0 %   0.0%
09/05/03
  09/30/03   10/15/03   $ 0.50       100.0 %   0.0%
12/08/03
  12/31/03   01/15/04   $ 0.50       100.0 %   0.0%
02/19/04
  03/19/04   03/19/04   $ 0.36       100.0 %   0.0%

F - 24


Table of Contents

Series B Preferred Stock

On December 13, 2000, the Company’s board of directors declared a paid-in-kind dividend on the             shares of series B preferred stock for the period from September 22, 2000 (the original date of issuance) through December 31, 2000, payable on January 2, 2001, to the holders of record of the Company’s series B preferred stock on December 22, 2000. As a result of the board’s declaration, the holders of the Company’s series B preferred stock were entitled to receive 3.3 shares of series B preferred stock for every 100 shares of series B preferred stock they held on the record date. The number of shares to be issued as the dividend was based on a dividend rate of 12% per annum of the stock’s stated value of $24.46 per share. Thereafter, the Company declared and paid a paid-in-kind dividend each quarter through the third quarter of 2003 at a rate of 12% per annum of the stock’s stated value. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2003, pursuant to the terms of the series B preferred stock, the Company declared and paid a cash dividend on the outstanding shares of series B preferred stock, at a rate of 12% per annum of the stock’s stated value. See Note 15 for further discussion of the tender offer for the Company’s series B preferred stock during 2003 and the redemption of the remaining shares of series B preferred stock during 2004.

The fair market value per share (tax basis) assigned to the shares issued as paid-in-kind, as well as cash dividends for the quarterly distributions and the resulting tax classification for the series B preferred stock distributions are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002:

                                 
            Fair Market     Cash          
    Record   Payment   Value Per     Distributions     Ordinary   Return of
    Declaration Date   Date   Date   Share     Per Share     Income   Capital
12/11/01
  12/21/01   01/02/02   $ 19.55           100.0%   0.0%
03/13/02
  03/22/02   04/01/02   $ 19.30           100.0%   0.0%
06/11/02
  06/21/02   07/01/02   $ 23.55           100.0%   0.0%
09/11/02
  09/20/02   10/01/02   $ 23.15           100.0%   0.0%
12/11/02
  12/20/02   01/02/03   $ 24.73           100.0%   0.0%
03/11/03
  03/17/03   03/31/03   $ 24.83           100.0%   0.0%
06/09/03
  06/16/03   06/30/03   $ 25.45           100.0%   0.0%
09/05/03
  09/16/03   09/30/03   $ 25.37           100.0%   0.0%
12/08/03
  12/17/03   12/31/03   $     $ 0.7338     100.0%   0.0%
03/16/04
  03/23/04   03/31/04   $     $ 0.7338     100.0%   0.0%
05/14/04
  06/28/04   06/28/04   $     $ 0.7175     100.0%   0.0%

Common Stock

No quarterly distributions for common stock were made for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002. The Senior Bank Credit Facility restricts the Company from declaring or paying cash dividends on its common stock. Moreover, even if such restriction is ultimately removed, the Company does not currently intend to pay dividends on its common stock in the future.

F - 25


Table of Contents

11.   DEBT

Debt consists of the following (in thousands):

                 
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
Senior Bank Credit Facility, with quarterly principal payments of varying amounts with unpaid balance due in March 2008; interest payable periodically at variable interest rates. The interest rate was 4.4% and 3.9% at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
  $ 270,135     $ 270,813  
 
               
9.875% Senior Notes, principal due at maturity in May 2009; interest payable semi-annually in May and November at 9.875%.
    250,000       250,000  
 
               
7.5% Senior Notes, principal due at maturity in May 2011; interest payable semi-annually in May and November at 7.5%.
    250,000       250,000  
 
               
7.5% Senior Notes, principal due at maturity in May 2011; interest payable semi-annually in May and November at 7.5%. These notes were issued with a $2.3 million premium, of which $1.8 million and $2.1 million was unamortized at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
    201,839       202,129  
 
               
4.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes, principal due at maturity in February 2007 with call provisions beginning in March 2005; interest payable quarterly at 4.0% (decreased from 8.0% in May 2003, as further described below).
    30,000       30,000  
 
               
Other
    321       486  
 
           
 
    1,002,295       1,003,428  
Less: Current portion of long-term debt
    (3,182 )     (1,146 )
 
           
 
  $ 999,113     $ 1,002,282  
 
           

Senior Indebtedness

Senior Bank Credit Facility. In May 2002, the Company obtained a $715.0 million senior secured bank credit facility (the “Senior Bank Credit Facility”). Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. served as administrative agent under the facility, which was comprised of a $75.0 million revolving loan with a term of approximately four years (the “Revolving Loan”), a $75.0 million term loan with a term of approximately four years (the “Term Loan A Facility”), and a $565.0 million term loan with a term of approximately six years (the “Term Loan B Facility”). The Term Loan A Facility was repaid during May 2003, with proceeds from the common stock and notes offerings described below, as well as with cash on hand. As described in Note 5, the Term Loan B Facility was expanded by $30.0 million during January 2003 in connection with the purchase of the Crowley County Correctional Facility. All borrowings under the Senior Bank Credit Facility accrued interest at a base rate plus 2.5%, or the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 3.5%, at the Company’s option. The applicable margin for the Revolving Loan was subject to adjustment based on the Company’s leverage ratio. The Company was also required to pay a commitment fee on the difference between committed amounts and amounts actually utilized under the Revolving Loan equal to 0.50% per year subject to adjustment based on the Company’s leverage ratio.

In connection with a substantial prepayment in August 2003 with net proceeds from the issuance of the $200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes (as hereafter defined) along with cash on hand, the Company amended the Senior Bank Credit Facility to provide: (i) an increase in the capacity of the Revolving Loan to $125.0 million, which includes a $75.0 million subfacility for letters of credit (increased from $50.0 million) that expires on March 31, 2006, and (ii) a $275.0 million term loan expiring March 31, 2008 (the “Term Loan C Facility”), which replaced the Term Loan B Facility. The Term

F-26


Table of Contents

Loan C Facility accrued interest at a base rate plus 1.75%, or LIBOR plus 2.75%, at the Company’s option. The interest rates and commitment fee on the Revolving Loan were unchanged under terms of the amendment. Covenants under the amended facility provide greater flexibility for, among other matters, incurring unsecured indebtedness, capital expenditures, and permitted acquisitions, that were further restricted prior to the amendment. In addition, certain mandatory prepayment provisions were eliminated under the terms of the amendment.

On June 4, 2004, the Company executed an amendment to the Senior Bank Credit Facility that allowed the Company to reduce the applicable interest rate spread on the term loan portion of the facility by 50 basis points (0.50%), and to increase the Company’s capital expenditure capacity. The Term Loan C Facility, now referred to as the Term Loan D Facility, bears interest at a base rate plus 1.25%, or LIBOR plus 2.25%, at the Company’s option. The Revolving Loan bears interest at a base rate plus 2.5%, or LIBOR plus 3.5%, at the Company’s option. The Company did not draw from the Revolving Loan in 2004, 2003, or 2002.

The amended Senior Bank Credit Facility is secured by liens on a substantial portion of the Company’s assets (inclusive of its domestic subsidiaries), and pledges of all of the capital stock of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The loans and other obligations under the facility are guaranteed by each of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and secured by a pledge of up to 65% of the capital stock of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. Prepayments of loans outstanding under the Senior Bank Credit Facility are permitted at any time without premium or penalty, upon the giving of proper notice.

The credit agreement governing the Senior Bank Credit Facility requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants, including, without limitation, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, leverage ratios and a minimum interest coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2004, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. In addition, the Senior Bank Credit Facility contains certain covenants which, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, investments, payment of dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, capital expenditures, mergers and consolidations, prepayments and modifications of other indebtedness, liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. In addition, the Senior Bank Credit Facility is subject to certain cross-default provisions with terms of the Company’s other indebtedness.

The amendment to the Senior Bank Credit Facility and related pay-downs with net proceeds from the issuance of the $200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes resulted in a charge to expenses associated with refinancing transactions during the third quarter of 2003 of $1.9 million representing the pro-rata write-off of existing deferred loan costs and certain fees paid.

$250 Million 9.875% Senior Notes. Interest on the $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 9.875% unsecured senior notes (the “9.875% Senior Notes”) accrues at the stated rate and is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The 9.875% Senior Notes are scheduled to mature on May 1, 2009. At any time on or before May 1, 2005, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings, as long as 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding after the redemption. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the 9.875% Senior Notes on or after May 1, 2006. Redemption prices are set forth in the indenture governing the 9.875% Senior Notes. The 9.875% Senior Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured basis by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

F-27


Table of Contents

$250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes. Concurrently with the common stock offering further described in Note 15, on May 7, 2003, the Company completed the sale and issuance of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.5% unsecured senior notes (the “$250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes”). As further described in Note 15, proceeds from the common stock and note offerings were used to purchase shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of the Company’s $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes (as hereafter defined) (and to pay accrued interest on the notes through the date of purchase), to purchase shares of the Company’s series B preferred stock that were tendered in a tender offer, to redeem shares of the Company’s series A preferred stock and to pay-down a portion of the Senior Bank Credit Facility outstanding at that time (the “Old Senior Bank Credit Facility”).

Interest on the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes accrues at the stated rate and is payable semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes are scheduled to mature on May 1, 2011. At any time on or before May 1, 2006, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings, as long as 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding after the redemption. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the notes on or after May 1, 2007. Redemption prices are set forth in the indenture governing the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes. The $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured basis by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

The sales were completed pursuant to a prospectus supplement to a universal shelf registration that was filed with the SEC and declared effective on April 30, 2003 to register $700.0 million of debt securities, guarantees of debt securities, preferred stock, common stock and warrants that the Company may issue from time to time.

The Company reported expenses associated with the May 2003 debt refinancing and recapitalization transactions of $2.3 million in connection with the tender offer for the series B preferred stock, the redemption of the series A preferred stock, and the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the repayment of the term loan portions of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility made with proceeds from the common stock and note offerings.

$200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes. As previously described herein, on August 8, 2003, the Company completed the sale and issuance of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.5% unsecured senior notes (the “$200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Proceeds from the note offering, along with cash on hand, were used to pay-down $240.3 million of the Term Loan B Facility portion of the Senior Bank Credit Facility.

Interest on the $200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes accrues at the stated rate and is payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year. However, the notes were issued at a price of 101.125% of the principal amount of the notes, resulting in a premium of $2.25 million, which is amortized as a reduction to interest expense over the term of the notes. The $200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes were issued under the existing indenture and supplemental indenture governing the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes.

12% Senior Notes. Pursuant to the terms of a tender offer and consent solicitation which expired on May 16, 2002, in connection with the refinancing of the Company’s Old Senior Bank Credit Facility and the issuance of the 9.875% Senior Notes, in May 2002, the Company redeemed $89.2 million in aggregate principal amount of its then outstanding 12% Senior Notes with proceeds from the issuance of the 9.875% Senior Notes. The notes were redeemed at a price of 110% of par, which included a 3% consent payment, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the payment date. In

F-28


Table of Contents

connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation, the Company received sufficient consents and amended the indenture governing the 12% Senior Notes to delete substantially all of the restrictive covenants and events of default contained therein.

As a result of the early extinguishment of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility and the redemption of all but $10.8 million of the Company’s 12% Senior Notes, the Company recorded a charge of $36.7 million during the second quarter of 2002, which included the write-off of existing deferred loan costs, certain bank fees paid, premiums paid to redeem the 12% Senior Notes, and certain other costs associated with the refinancing.

During June and July 2003, pursuant to an offer to purchase the balance of the remaining 12% Senior Notes, holders of $7.7 million principal amount of the notes tendered their notes to the Company at a price of 120% of par, resulting in a charge of $1.5 million. In connection with the tender offer for the notes, the Company received sufficient consents and further amended the indenture governing the 12% Senior Notes to remove certain restrictions related to the legal defeasance of the notes and the solicitation of consents to waive or amend the terms of the indenture.

During August 2003, pursuant to the indenture relating to the 12% Senior Notes, the Company legally defeased the remaining outstanding 12% Senior Notes by depositing with a trustee an amount sufficient to pay the principal and interest on such notes through the maturity date in June 2006, and by meeting certain other conditions required under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, the 12% Senior Notes were deemed to have been repaid in full. As a result, the Company reported a charge of $0.9 million during the third quarter of 2003 associated with the relief of its obligation.

Guarantees and Covenants. In connection with the registration with the SEC of the 9.875% Senior Notes pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Registration Rights Agreement, after obtaining consent of the lenders under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, the Company transferred the real property and related assets of the Company (as the parent corporation) to certain of its subsidiaries effective December 27, 2002. Accordingly, the Company (as the parent corporation to its subsidiaries) has no independent assets or operations (as defined under Rule 3-10(f) of Regulation S-X). As a result of this transfer, assets with an aggregate net book value of $1.6 billion are no longer directly available to the parent corporation to satisfy the obligations under the 9.875% Senior Notes, the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes, or the $200 Million 7.5% Senior Notes (collectively, “the Senior Notes”). Instead, the parent corporation must rely on distributions of the subsidiaries to satisfy its obligations under the Senior Notes. All of the parent corporation’s domestic subsidiaries, including the subsidiaries to which the assets were transferred, have provided full and unconditional guarantees of the Senior Notes. Each of the Company’s subsidiaries guaranteeing the Senior Notes are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company; the subsidiary guarantees are full and unconditional and are joint and several obligations of the guarantors; and all non-guarantor subsidiaries are minor (as defined in Rule 3-10(h)(6) of Regulation S-X).

As of December 31, 2004, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiary guarantors had any material or significant restrictions on the Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan or to transfer assets from such subsidiaries.

The indentures governing the Senior Notes contain certain customary covenants that, subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, restrict the Company’s ability to, among other things; make restricted payments; incur additional debt or issue certain types of preferred stock; create or permit to exist certain liens; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

F-29


Table of Contents

and enter into transactions with affiliates. In addition, if the Company sells certain assets (and generally does not use the proceeds of such sales for certain specified purposes) or experiences specific kinds of changes in control, the Company must offer to repurchase all or a portion of the Senior Notes. The offer price for the Senior Notes in connection with an asset sale would be equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase. The offer price for the Senior Notes in connection with a change in control would be 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase. The Senior Notes are also subject to certain cross-default provisions with the terms of the Company’s other indebtedness, as more fully described hereafter.

$40 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes

Prior to their conversion into shares of the Company’s common stock, as further described in Note 15, an aggregate of $40.0 million of 10% convertible subordinated notes of the Company were due December 31, 2008 (the “$40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes”). The conversion price for the notes, which were convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, was established at $11.90, subject to adjustment in the future upon the occurrence of certain events. At an adjusted conversion price of $11.90, the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes were convertible into 3.4 million shares of common stock. In connection with the recapitalization transactions described in Note 15, during May 2003, Income Opportunity Fund I, LLC, Millennium Holdings II LLC, and Millennium Holdings III LLC, which are collectively referred to as MDP, the holders of the notes, converted the entire amount of the notes into shares of the Company’s common stock and subsequently sold such shares to the Company. In addition, the Company paid the outstanding contingent interest balance, which totaled $15.5 million.

$30 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes

As of December 31, 2004, the Company had outstanding an aggregate of $30.0 million of convertible subordinated notes due February 28, 2007 (the “$30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes”). Prior to the closing of the Company’s notes and common stock offerings completed in May 2003, these notes accrued interest at 8% per year and were scheduled to mature February 28, 2005, subject to extension of such maturity until February 28, 2006 or February 28, 2007 by the holder. Effective contemporaneously with the May 2003 closing of the Company’s notes and common stock offerings, the Company and the holder amended the terms of the notes, reducing the interest rate to 4% per year and extending the maturity date to February 28, 2007. The amendment also extended the date on which the Company could generally require the holder to convert all or a portion of the notes into common stock to any time after February 28, 2005 from any time after February 28, 2004. As a result of these modifications, the Company reported a charge of $0.1 million during the second quarter of 2003 for the write-off of existing deferred loan costs associated with the notes. The conversion price for the notes was established at $10.68, subject to adjustment in the future upon the occurrence of certain events, including the payment of dividends and the issuance of stock at below market prices by the Company. The distribution of shares of the Company’s common stock during 2001 and 2003 in connection with the settlement during the first quarter of 2001 of the outstanding stockholder litigation against the Company caused an adjustment to the conversion price of the notes. As a result of the stockholder litigation adjustment, which was finalized on May 16, 2003, the $30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes are convertible into 3.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to further adjustment in the future upon the occurrence of certain events, which translates into a current conversion price of $8.92.

F-30


Table of Contents

At any time after February 28, 2005, the Company may generally require the holder to convert all or a portion of the notes if the average market price of the Company’s common stock meets or exceeds 150% of the notes’ conversion price for 45 consecutive trading days. The Company may not prepay the indebtedness evidenced by the notes at any time prior to their maturity; provided, however, that in the event of a change of control or other similar event, the notes are subject to mandatory prepayment in full at the option of the holder. The current terms of the Company’s senior indebtedness, however, would prevent such a prepayment.

On February 10, 2005, the Company provided notice to the holders of the $30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes that the Company would require the holders to convert all of the notes into shares of the Company’s common stock on March 1, 2005. The conversion of the $30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes resulted in the issuance of 3.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock. Although net income and cash flow will no longer reflect interest incurred and paid on such notes, the conversion of the notes into common stock will have no impact on diluted earnings per share because, as further described in Note 16, net income for diluted earnings per share purposes is already adjusted to eliminate interest expense incurred on convertible notes, and the number of shares of common stock used in the calculation of diluted earnings per share reflects the incremental shares assuming conversion.

Other Debt Transactions

At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had $36.7 million and $27.3 million, respectively, in outstanding letters of credit. The letters of credit were issued to secure the Company’s workers’ compensation and general liability insurance policies, performance bonds and utility deposits. The letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2004 are provided by a sub-facility under the Senior Bank Credit Facility with a maximum capacity of up to $125.0 million, thereby reducing the available capacity under the Revolving Loan to $88.3 million.

Debt Maturities

Scheduled principal payments for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

         
2005
  $ 2,890  
2006
    2,847  
2007
    228,708  
2008
    66,011  
2009
    250,000  
Thereafter
    450,000  
 
     
 
       
Total principal payments
    1,000,456  
Unamortized bond premium
    1,839  
 
     
 
       
Total debt
  $ 1,002,295  
 
     

Cross-Default Provisions

The provisions of the Company’s debt agreements relating to the Senior Bank Credit Facility and the Senior Notes contain certain cross-default provisions. Any events of default under the Senior Bank Credit Facility that results in the lenders’ actual acceleration of amounts outstanding thereunder also result in an event of default under the Senior Notes. Additionally, any events of default under the Senior Notes which give rise to the ability of the holders of such indebtedness to exercise their acceleration rights also result in an event of default under the Senior Bank Credit Facility.

F-31


Table of Contents

If the Company were to be in default under the Senior Bank Credit Facility, and if the lenders under the Senior Bank Credit Facility elected to exercise their rights to accelerate the Company’s obligations under the Senior Bank Credit Facility, such events could result in the acceleration of all or a portion of the Company’s Senior Notes, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and financial position. The Company does not have sufficient working capital to satisfy its debt obligations in the event of an acceleration of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s outstanding indebtedness.

12.   INCOME TAXES

The income tax expense (benefit) is comprised of the following components (in thousands):

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
Current provision (benefit)
                       
Federal
  $ 21,120     $ (4,603 )   $ (64,365 )
State
    2,286       1,492       435  
 
                 
 
    23,406       (3,111 )     (63,930 )
 
                 
 
                       
Deferred provision (benefit)
                       
Federal
    16,666       (44,191 )     580  
State
    2,054       (5,050 )     66  
 
                 
 
    18,720       (49,241 )     646  
 
                 
 
                       
Income tax provision (benefit)
  $ 42,126     $ (52,352 )   $ (63,284 )
 
                 

The current income tax provision for 2004 and benefit for 2003 are net of $28.5 million and $39.5 million, respectively, of tax benefits of operating loss carryforwards. The deferred income tax benefit for 2003 is net of approximately $105.5 million of tax benefits related to the reversal of the January 1, 2003 valuation allowance. Additionally, the deferred income tax benefit for 2003 includes $4.5 million that, upon reversal of the valuation allowance, reduced goodwill, and $2.6 million that, upon reversal of the valuation allowance, was credited directly to additional paid-in capital.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, are as follows (in thousands):

F-32


Table of Contents

                 
    2004     2003  
Current deferred tax assets:
               
Asset reserves and liabilities not yet deductible for tax
  $ 21,565     $ 21,638  
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
    34,845       28,835  
 
           
 
               
Net total current deferred tax assets
  $ 56,410     $ 50,473  
 
           
 
               
Noncurrent deferred tax assets:
               
Asset reserves and liabilities not yet deductible for tax
  $ 1,572     $ 904  
Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
    23,740       20,119  
Other
    9,136       12,283  
 
           
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets
    34,448       33,306  
Less valuation allowance
    (6,457 )     (4,241 )
 
           
 
               
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets
    27,991       29,065  
 
           
 
               
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:
               
Book over tax basis of certain assets
    (41,718 )     (21,330 )
Other
    (405 )     (996 )
 
           
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
    (42,123 )     (22,326 )
 
           
 
               
Net total noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities)
  $ (14,132 )   $ 6,739  
 
           

Deferred income taxes reflect the available net operating losses and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s past earnings history, expected future earnings, the character and jurisdiction of such earnings, unsettled circumstances that, if unfavorably resolved, would adversely affect utilization of its deferred tax assets, carryback and carryforward periods, and tax strategies that could potentially enhance the likelihood of realization of a deferred tax asset. Prior to the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve its deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. However, at December 31, 2003, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that substantially all of its deferred tax assets would be realized. As a result, in accordance with SFAS 109, the valuation allowance applied to such deferred tax assets was reversed.

A reconciliation of the income tax provision (benefit) at the statutory income tax rate and the effective tax rate as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 is as follows:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Statutory federal rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    4.0       4.0       4.0  
Permanent differences
    3.1       4.7       1.7  
Change in valuation allowance
    2.1       (97.6 )     (947.9 )
Other items, net
    (4.0 )     (3.3 )     3.4  
 
                 
 
    40.2 %     (57.2 )%     (903.8 )%
 
                 

On March 9, 2002, the “Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002” was signed into law. Among other changes, the law extended the net operating loss carryback period to five years from two years for net operating losses arising in tax years ending in 2001 and 2002, and allowed use of net operating loss carrybacks and carryforwards to offset 100% of the alternative minimum taxable

F-33


Table of Contents

income. The Company experienced tax losses during 2002 primarily resulting from a cumulative effect of accounting change in depreciable lives of property and equipment for tax purposes, and the Company experienced tax losses during 2001 resulting primarily from the sale of assets at prices below the tax basis of such assets. Under terms of the new law, the Company utilized its net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997 and 1996. As a result of this tax law change in 2002, the Company received an income tax refund of $32.2 million relating to the 2001 tax year in April 2002, and received an income tax refund of $32.1 million relating to the 2002 tax year in May 2003.

The cumulative effect of accounting change in tax depreciation resulted in the establishment of a significant deferred tax liability for the tax effect of the book over tax basis of certain assets in 2002. The creation of such a deferred tax liability, and the significant improvement in tax position of the Company since the original valuation allowance was established, resulted in the reduction of the valuation allowance, generating an income tax benefit of $30.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2002, as the Company determined that substantially all of these deferred tax liabilities would be utilized to offset the reversal of deferred tax assets during the net operating loss carryforward periods. The receipt in April 2002 of an additional refund of $32.2 million relating to the 2001 tax year also reduced the valuation allowance and was reflected as an income tax benefit during the first quarter of 2002.

During 2003, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its field audit of the Company’s 2001 federal income tax return. During the fourth quarter of 2004, the 2001 audit results underwent a review by the Joint Committee on Taxation, a division of the IRS. Based on that review, the IRS adjusted the Company’s carryback claim by approximately $16.3 million of the aforementioned refunds previously claimed and received by the Company during 2002 and 2003. A portion of the Company’s tax loss was deemed not to be available for carryback to 1997 and 1996 due to the Company’s restructuring that occurred between 1997 and 2001. However, the Company will carry this tax loss forward to offset future taxable income. While the adjustment did not result in a loss of deductions claimed, the Company was obligated to repay the amount of the adjusted refund, plus interest of approximately $2.9 million, or $1.7 million after taxes, through December 31, 2004. These obligations were accrued in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004, and were paid during the first quarter of 2005.

During the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company realized a net income tax benefit of $0.5 million resulting from the implementation of tax planning strategies that are also expected to reduce the Company’s future effective tax rate. Additionally, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $1.4 million in the third quarter of 2004 which primarily resulted from a change in estimated income taxes associated with certain financing transactions completed during 2003, partially offset by changes in the Company’s valuation allowance applied to certain deferred tax assets.

While the Company believes it will utilize the remainder of its federal net operating losses in 2005, the state net operating losses, which will be used to offset future state taxable income, begin expiring in 2005. Accordingly, the Company has a valuation allowance of $1.0 million for the estimated amount of the net operating losses that will expire unused in addition to a $5.5 million valuation allowance related to state tax credits that are expected to expire unused. Because the realization of the remaining net operating losses is dependent on many factors, as previously described, the Company’s estimate of realizable benefits could change in the future.

F-34


Table of Contents

13.   DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

In accordance with the terms of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement in order to hedge the variable interest rate associated with portions of the debt. The swap agreement fixed LIBOR at 6.51% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of at least $325.0 million through its expiration on December 31, 2002. The difference between the floating rate and the swap rate was recognized in interest expense. Upon adoption of SFAS 133, the Company reported a transition adjustment of $5.0 million for the reduction in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreement from its inception through the adoption of SFAS 133 on January 1, 2001, reflected in other comprehensive income (loss) effective January 1, 2001.

The Company did not meet the hedge accounting criteria for the interest rate swap agreement under SFAS 133, as amended, and thus reflected in earnings the change in the estimated fair value of the interest rate swap agreement each reporting period. In accordance with SFAS 133, as amended, the Company recorded a non-cash gain of $2.2 million for the change in fair value of the interest rate swap agreement for the year ended December 31, 2002, which is net of $2.5 million for amortization of the transition adjustment. The Company was no longer required to maintain the existing interest rate swap agreement due to the early extinguishment of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. During May 2002, the Company terminated the swap agreement prior to its expiration at a price of $8.8 million. In accordance with SFAS 133, the Company continued to amortize the unamortized portion of the transition adjustment as a non-cash expense through December 31, 2002, at which time the transition adjustment became fully amortized.

The Senior Bank Credit Facility obtained in May 2002 required the Company to hedge at least $192.0 million of the term loan portions of the facility within 60 days following the closing of the loan. In May 2002, the Company entered into an interest rate cap agreement to fulfill this requirement, capping LIBOR at 5.0% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through the expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004. The Company paid a premium of $1.0 million to enter into the interest rate cap agreement. The Company continued to amortize this premium as the estimated fair values assigned to each of the hedged interest payments expired throughout the term of the cap agreement, amounting to $0.6 million in 2004 and $0.4 million in 2003. The Company met the hedge accounting criteria under SFAS 133 and related interpretations in accounting for the interest rate cap agreement. As a result, the interest rate cap agreement was marked to market each reporting period, and the change in the fair value of the interest rate cap agreement of $0.6 million and $0.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, was reported through other comprehensive income in the statements of stockholders’ equity.

On May 16, 2003, 0.3 million shares of the Company’s common stock were issued, along with a $2.9 million subordinated promissory note, in connection with the final settlement of the state court portion of the stockholder litigation settlement reached during the first quarter of 2001. Under the terms of the promissory note, the note and accrued interest were extinguished in June 2003 once the average closing price of the Company’s common stock exceeded a “termination price” equal to $16.30 per share for fifteen consecutive trading days following the note’s issuance. The terms of the note, which allowed the principal balance to fluctuate dependent on the trading price of the Company’s common stock, created a derivative instrument that was valued and accounted for under the provisions of SFAS 133. The extinguishment of the note in June 2003 resulted in a $2.9 million non-cash gain during 2003.

F-35


Table of Contents

14.   DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”), which broadened the scope of defining discontinued operations. Under the provisions of SFAS 144, the identification and classification of a facility as held for sale, or the termination of any of the Company’s management contracts by expiration or otherwise, may result in the classification of the operating results of such facility, net of taxes, as a discontinued operation, so long as the financial results can be clearly identified, and so long as the Company does not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal or termination transaction.

The results of operations, net of taxes, and the assets and liabilities of four correctional facilities and three juvenile facilities, one of which was owned by the Company and operated by an independent third party, each as further described below, have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS 144 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002.

In late 2001 and early 2002, the Company was provided notice from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico of its intention to terminate the management contracts at the Ponce Young Adult Correctional Facility and the Ponce Adult Correctional Facility, upon the expiration of the management contracts in February 2002. Attempts to negotiate continued operation of these facilities were unsuccessful. As a result, the transition period to transfer operation of the facilities to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico ended May 4, 2002, at which time operation of the facilities was transferred to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. The Company recorded a non-cash charge of $1.8 million during the second quarter of 2002 for the write-off of the carrying value of assets associated with the terminated management contracts. During the first quarter of 2004, the Company received $0.6 million in proceeds from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico as a settlement for repairs the Company previously made to the Ponce Adult Correctional Facility. These proceeds, net of taxes, are included in 2004 as discontinued operations.

During the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company obtained an extension of its management contract with the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for the operation of the Guayama Correctional Center located in Guayama, Puerto Rico, through December 2006. However, on May 7, 2002, the Company received notice from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico terminating the Company’s contract to manage this facility. As a result of the termination of the management contract for the Guayama Correctional Center, which occurred on August 6, 2002, operation of the facility was transferred to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

On June 28, 2002, the Company sold its interest in a juvenile facility located in Dallas, Texas for $4.3 million. The facility was leased to a third party pursuant to a lease expiring in 2008. Net proceeds from the sale were used for working capital purposes.

During the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company was notified by the state of Florida of its intention to not renew the Company’s contract to manage the Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center located in Okeechobee, Florida, upon the expiration of a short-term extension to the existing management contract, which expired in December 2002. Upon expiration of the short-term extension, which occurred March 1, 2003, operation of the facility was transferred to the state of Florida.

F-36


Table of Contents

On March 18, 2003, the Company was notified by the Department of Corrections of the Commonwealth of Virginia of its intention to not renew the Company’s contract to manage the Lawrenceville Correctional Center located in Lawrenceville, Virginia, upon the expiration of the contract, which occurred on March 22, 2003.

Due to operating losses incurred at the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center, the Company elected to not renew its contract to manage the facility upon the expiration of the contract. Accordingly, the Company transferred operation of the facility to the Nevada Department of Corrections on October 1, 2004.

The following table summarizes the results of operations for these facilities for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 (in thousands):

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
REVENUE:
                       
Managed-only
  $ 6,707     $ 12,868     $ 53,495  
Rental
                360  
 
                 
 
    6,707       12,868       53,855  
 
                 
 
                       
EXPENSES:
                       
Managed-only
    6,973       14,822       48,639  
Depreciation and amortization
    63       1,081       3,096  
 
                 
 
    7,036       15,903       51,735  
 
                 
 
                       
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    (329 )     (3,035 )     2,120  
 
                 
 
                       
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
                       
Interest income
                575  
Other income (expense)
    160       (5 )     (21 )
 
                 
 
    160       (5 )     554  
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (169 )     (3,040 )     2,674  
 
                       
Income tax benefit (expense)
    70       920       (600 )
 
                 
 
                       
INCOME (LOSS) FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS, NET OF TAXES
  $ (99 )   $ (2,120 )   $ 2,074  
 
                 

The assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

                 
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
ASSETS
               
Accounts receivable
  $ 727     $ 2,438  
 
           
Total current assets
    727       2,438  
 
               
Property and equipment, net
          65  
 
           
 
               
Total assets
  $ 727     $ 2,503  
 
           
                 
 
               
LIABILITIES                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ 125     $ 1,540  
 
           
 
               
Total current liabilities
  $ 125     $ 1,540  
 
           

F-37


Table of Contents

15.   STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

Common Stock Offering. Concurrently with the sale and issuance of the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes further described in Note 11, on May 7, 2003, the Company completed the sale and issuance of 6.4 million shares of common stock at a price of $19.50 per share, resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $117.0 million after the payment of estimated costs associated with the issuance. Proceeds from the common stock and notes offerings were used to purchase shares of common stock issued upon conversion of the Company’s $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes (and to pay accrued interest on the notes to the date of purchase), to purchase shares of the Company’s series B preferred stock that were tendered in a tender offer, to redeem shares of the Company’s series A preferred stock, each as further described hereafter, and to pay-down a portion of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, as further described in Note 11. A stockholder of the Company also sold 1.2 million shares of common stock in the same offering. In addition, the underwriters exercised an over-allotment option to purchase an additional 1.1 million shares from the selling stockholder. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares from the selling stockholder.

The sales were completed pursuant to a prospectus supplement to a universal shelf registration that was filed with the SEC and declared effective on April 30, 2003 to register $700.0 million of debt securities, guarantees of debt securities, preferred stock, common stock and warrants that the Company may issue from time to time. As a result of the common stock offering and issuance of the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes using the universal shelf registration, the Company has approximately $280.0 million available under which it may issue securities from time to time when the Company determines that market conditions and the opportunity to utilize the proceeds from the issuance of such securities are favorable.

Purchase of Shares of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion of the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes. Pursuant to the terms of an agreement by and among the Company and MDP, immediately following the completion of the offering of common stock and the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes, MDP converted the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes into 3.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock and subsequently sold such shares to the Company. The aggregate purchase price of the shares, inclusive of accrued interest of $15.5 million, was $81.1 million. The shares purchased were cancelled under the terms of the Company’s charter and Maryland law and now constitute authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s common stock.

Restricted shares. During 2004 and 2003, the Company issued 52,600 shares and 94,500 shares of restricted common stock, respectively, to certain of the Company’s wardens, which were each valued at $1.6 million on the respective dates of the awards. All of the shares granted during 2003 vest during 2006, while all of the shares granted during 2004 vest during 2007, unless forfeited by the recipients. During 2004 and 2003, the Company expensed $0.9 million and $0.4 million, net of forfeitures, relating to the restricted common stock. As of December 31, 2004, 139,600 of these shares of restricted stock remained subject to vesting.

Series A Preferred Stock

The Company had originally authorized 20.0 million shares of $0.01 par value non-voting preferred stock, of which 4.3 million shares are designated as series A preferred stock. The Company issued 4.3 million shares of its series A preferred stock on January 1, 1999 in connection with a merger completed during 1999. The shares of the Company’s series A preferred stock were redeemable at

F-38


Table of Contents

any time by the Company on or after January 30, 2003 at $25.00 per share, plus dividends accrued and unpaid to the redemption date. Shares of the Company’s series A preferred stock had no stated maturity, sinking fund provision or mandatory redemption and were not convertible into any other securities of the Company. Dividends on shares of the Company’s series A preferred stock were cumulative from the date of original issue of such shares and were payable quarterly in arrears on the fifteenth day of January, April, July and October of each year, to shareholders of record on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year, respectively, at a fixed annual rate of 8.0%.

Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock in 2003. Immediately following consummation of the offering of common stock and the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes, the Company gave notice to the holders of its outstanding series A preferred stock that it would redeem 4.0 million shares of the 4.3 million shares of series A preferred stock outstanding at a redemption price equal to $25.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date. The redemption was completed in June 2003.

Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock in 2004. During the first quarter of 2004, the Company completed the redemption of the remaining 0.3 million shares of series A preferred stock at a redemption price equal to $25.00 per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends through the redemption date.

Series B Preferred Stock

In order to satisfy the real estate investment trust (“REIT”) distribution requirements with respect to its 1999 taxable year, during 2000 the Company authorized an additional 30.0 million shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock, designated 12.0 million shares of such preferred stock as non-voting series B preferred stock and subsequently issued 7.5 million shares to holders of the Company’s common stock as a stock dividend.

The shares of series B preferred stock issued by the Company provided for cumulative dividends payable at a rate of 12% per year of the stock’s stated value of $24.46. The dividends were payable quarterly in arrears, in additional shares of series B preferred stock through the third quarter of 2003, and in cash thereafter, provided that all accrued and unpaid cash dividends were made on the Company’s series A preferred stock. The shares of the series B preferred stock were callable by the Company, at a price per share equal to the stated value of $24.46, plus any accrued dividends, at any time after six months following the later of (i) three years following the date of issuance or (ii) the 91st day following the redemption of the Company’s 12% Senior Notes.

Approximately 4.2 million shares of series B preferred stock were converted into 9.5 million shares of common stock during two conversion periods in 2000. The remaining shares of series B preferred stock, as well as additional shares issued as dividends, were not convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock.

During 2003 and 2002, the Company issued 0.3 million and 0.5 million shares, respectively, of series B preferred stock in satisfaction of the regular quarterly distributions. See Note 10 for further information about distributions on the Company’s shares of series B preferred stock.

Series B Restricted Stock. During 2001, the Company issued 0.2 million shares of series B preferred stock under two series B preferred stock restricted stock plans (the “Series B Restricted Stock Plans”), which were valued at $2.0 million on the date of the award. The restricted shares of series B preferred stock were granted to certain of the Company’s key employees and wardens.

F-39


Table of Contents

Under the terms of the Series B Restricted Stock Plans, the shares in the key employee plan vested in equal intervals over a three-year period expiring in May 2004, while the shares in the warden plan vested all at one time in May 2004. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, the Company expensed $0.3 million, $0.6 million, and $0.5 million, net of forfeitures, respectively, relating to the Series B Restricted Stock Plans.

Tender Offer for Series B Preferred Stock. Following the completion of the offering of common stock and the $250 Million 7.5% Senior Notes in May 2003, the Company purchased 3.7 million shares of its series B preferred stock for $97.4 million pursuant to the terms of a cash tender offer. The tender offer price of the series B preferred stock (inclusive of all accrued and unpaid dividends) was $26.00 per share. The payment of the difference between the tender price ($26.00) and the liquidation preference ($24.46) for the shares tendered was reported as a preferred stock distribution in the second quarter of 2003.

Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock. During the second quarter of 2004, the Company completed the redemption of the remaining 1.0 million shares of its 12.0% series B preferred stock at the stated rate of $24.46 per share plus accrued dividends through the redemption date.

Stock Warrants

In connection with a merger completed during 2000, the Company issued stock purchase warrants for the purchase of 213,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as partial consideration to acquire the voting common stock of the acquired entity. The warrants issued allow the holder to purchase approximately 142,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share and approximately 71,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $14.10 per share. These warrants expire September 29, 2005. On May 27, 2003, the holder of the warrants purchased approximately 142,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the warrants at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. Also in connection with the merger completed during 2000, the Company assumed the obligation to issue warrants for approximately 75,000 shares of its common stock, at a price of $33.30 per share, through the expiration date of such warrants on December 31, 2008.

Stock Option Plans

The Company has equity incentive plans under which, among other things, incentive and non-qualified stock options are granted to certain employees and non-employee directors of the Company by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. The options are generally granted with exercise prices equal to the market value at the date of grant. Vesting periods for options granted to employees generally range from one to four years. Options granted to non-employee directors vest at the date of grant. The term of such options is ten years from the date of grant.

Stock option transactions relating to the Company’s incentive and non-qualified stock option plans are summarized below (in thousands, except exercise prices):

F-40


Table of Contents

                 
            Weighted  
    Number of     average exercise  
    options     price per option  
Outstanding at December 31, 2001
    2,432     $ 25.30  
Granted
    926     $ 17.04  
Cancelled
    (207 )   $ 58.86  
Exercised
    (49 )   $ 8.77  
 
             
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2002
    3,102     $ 20.86  
Granted
    774     $ 17.29  
Cancelled
    (84 )   $ 19.74  
Exercised
    (122 )   $ 10.43  
 
             
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2003
    3,670     $ 20.48  
Granted
    696     $ 30.53  
Cancelled
    (220 )   $ 25.03  
Exercised
    (346 )   $ 14.28  
 
             
 
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2004
    3,800     $ 22.63  
 
             

The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2004, 2003, and 2002 was $12.07, $7.39, and $8.10 per option, respectively, based on the estimated fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

                         
    2004     2003     2002  
Expected dividend yield
    0.0 %     0.0 %     0.0 %
Expected stock price volatility
    36.6 %     42.0 %     45.8 %
Risk-free interest rate
    3.6 %     2.8 %     4.0 %
Expected life of options
  6 years   6 years   6 years

     Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2004, are summarized below:

                                 
    Options     Weighted average     Options        
    outstanding at     remaining     exercisable at     Weighted average  
    December 31, 2004     contractual life     December 31, 2004     exercise price of  
           Exercise Price   (in thousands)     (in years)     (in thousands)     options exercisable  
$8.75 – 19.91
    2,747       6.81       1,914     $ 11.83  
$21.11 – 27.38
    77       8.07       50     $ 22.12  
$29.87 – 39.97
    762       8.55       169     $ 31.46  
$66.57 – 159.31
    214       2.46       214     $ 118.74  
 
                           
 
    3,800       6.94       2,347     $ 23.21  
 
                           

At the Company’s 2003 annual meeting of stockholders held in May 2003, the Company’s stockholders approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan by 1.5 million shares raising the total to 4.0 million shares. In addition, the stockholders approved the adoption of the Company’s Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan, authorizing the Company to issue up to 75,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the plan. These changes were made in order to provide the Company with adequate means to retain and attract quality directors, officers and key employees through the granting of

F-41


Table of Contents

equity incentives. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had 1,533,530 shares available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and another existing plan, and 71,856 shares available for issuance under the Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan.

The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS 123 and accounts for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method as prescribed in APB 25. As a result, no compensation cost has been recognized for the Company’s stock option plans under the criteria established by SFAS 123. The pro forma effects on net income and earnings per share as if compensation cost for the stock option plans had been determined based on the fair value of the options at the grant date for 2004, 2003, and 2002, consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, are disclosed in Note 2.

16.   EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (“SFAS 128”), basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. For the Company, diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss), as adjusted, by the weighted average number of common shares after considering the additional dilution related to convertible subordinated notes, shares issued under the settlement terms of the Company’s stockholder litigation, restricted common stock plans, and stock options and warrants.

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic earnings (loss) per share computation to the numerator and denominator of the diluted earnings (loss) per share computation is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

F-42


Table of Contents

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
NUMERATOR
                       
Basic:
                       
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change and after preferred stock distributions
  $ 61,180     $ 128,641     $ 49,327  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (99 )     (2,120 )     2,074  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (80,276 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 61,081     $ 126,521     $ (28,875 )
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted:
                       
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change and after preferred stock distributions
  $ 61,180     $ 128,641     $ 49,327  
Interest expense applicable to convertible notes, net of taxes
    720       4,496       2,400  
 
                 
Diluted income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change and after preferred stock distributions
    61,900       133,137       51,727  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (99 )     (2,120 )     2,074  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (80,276 )
 
                 
Diluted net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 61,801     $ 131,017     $ (26,475 )
 
                 
 
                       
DENOMINATOR
                       
Basic:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    35,059       32,245       27,669  
 
                 
 
                       
Diluted:
                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    35,059       32,245       27,669  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock options and warrants
    1,301       917       621  
Stockholder litigation
          115       310  
Convertible notes
    3,362       4,523       3,370  
Restricted stock-based compensation
    58       249       238  
 
                 
Weighted average shares and assumed conversions
    39,780       38,049       32,208  
 
                 
 
                       
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change and after preferred stock distributions
  $ 1.74     $ 3.99     $ 1.78  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (0.07 )     0.08  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (2.90 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.74     $ 3.92     $ (1.04 )
 
                 
 
                       
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of accounting change and after preferred stock distributions
  $ 1.55     $ 3.50     $ 1.61  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
          (0.06 )     0.06  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                (2.49 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 1.55     $ 3.44     $ (0.82 )
 
                 

For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company’s $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes were convertible into 3.4 million shares of common stock, using the if-converted method. These incremental shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2002, as the effect of their inclusion was anti-dilutive.

F-43


Table of Contents

17.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

General. The nature of the Company’s business results in claims and litigation alleging that it is liable for damages arising from the conduct of its employees, inmates or others. The Company maintains insurance to cover many of these claims which may mitigate the risk that any single claim would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows, provided the claim is one for which coverage is available. The combination of self-insured retentions and deductible amounts means that, in the aggregate, the Company is subject to substantial self-insurance risk. In the opinion of management, other than those described below, there are no pending legal proceedings that would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Adversarial proceedings and litigation are, however, subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable decisions and rulings could occur which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for a period in which such decisions or rulings occur, or future periods.

The USCC ESOP Litigation. During the second quarter of 2002, the Company completed the settlement of certain claims made against it as the successor to U.S. Corrections Corporation (“USCC”), a privately-held owner and operator of correctional and detention facilities which was acquired by a predecessor of the Company in April 1998, by participants in USCC’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). As a result of the settlement, the Company made a cash payment of $575,000 to the plaintiffs in the action. As described below, the Company is currently in litigation with USCC’s insurer seeking to recover all or a portion of this settlement amount.

The USCC ESOP litigation, entitled Horn v. McQueen, continued to proceed, however, against two other defendants, Milton Thompson and Robert McQueen, both of whom were stockholders and executive officers of USCC and trustees of the ESOP prior to the Company’s acquisition of USCC. In the Horn litigation, the ESOP participants alleged numerous violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, including breaches of fiduciary duties to the ESOP by causing the ESOP to overpay for employer securities. On July 29, 2002, the United States District Court of the Western District of Kentucky found that McQueen and Thompson had breached their fiduciary duties to the ESOP and had acted to benefit themselves to the detriment of the ESOP participants. In January 2005, the Court determined that the plaintiffs were entitled to recover approximately $21 million in damages, including pre-judgment interest, from McQueen and Thompson.

In or about the second quarter of 2001, Northfield Insurance Co. (“Northfield”), the issuer of the liability insurance policy to USCC and its directors and officers, filed suit against McQueen, Thompson and the Company seeking a declaration that it did not owe coverage under the policy for any liabilities arising from the Horn litigation. Among other things, Northfield claimed that it did not receive timely notice of the litigation under the terms of the policy. McQueen and Thompson subsequently filed a cross-claim in the Northfield litigation against the Company in which they asserted the Company was obligated to indemnify them for any liability arising out of the Horn litigation, which could now total more than $21 million. Among other claims, McQueen and Thompson assert that, as the result of the Company’s alleged failure to timely notify the insurance carrier of the Horn case on their behalf, they were entitled to indemnification or contribution from the Company for any loss incurred by them as a result of the Horn litigation if there were no insurance available to cover the loss.

F-44


Table of Contents

On September 30, 2002, the Court in the Northfield litigation found that Northfield was not obligated to cover McQueen and Thompson or the Company. Though it did not then resolve the cross-claim, the Court did note that there was no basis for excusing McQueen and Thompson from their independent obligation to provide timely notice to the carrier because of the Company’s alleged failure to provide timely notice to the carrier. On March 31, 2004 the United States District Court granted the Company’s summary judgment motion with respect to most of the contentions made by McQueen and Thompson in their effort to seek indemnification. In January 2005, the Company filed an additional motion for summary judgment on the remaining theory of liability asserted by McQueen and Thompson in the federal lawsuit. McQueen and Thompson have also filed a state court action essentially duplicating their cross-claim in the federal case, and the Company has initiated claims against the lawyer who jointly represented the Company, McQueen and Thompson in the Horn litigation. In addition, the Company has asserted claims against McQueen and Thompson for indemnification for the $575,000 and attorneys’ fees incurred by the Company in connection with the Horn litigation.

The Company cannot predict whether it will be successful in recovering all or a portion of the amount it has paid in settlement of the Horn litigation. With respect to the cross-claim and the state court claims made by McQueen and Thompson, the Company believes that such claims are without merit and that the Company will be able to defend itself successfully against such claims and/or any additional claims of such nature that may be brought in the future; however, no assurance can be given that the Company will prevail in either the federal proceedings or the state proceedings. If the Company were ordered to indemnify McQueen and Thompson in whole or in part, such an outcome could have a material adverse affect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Corrections Facilities Development, LLC Litigation. During the first quarter of 2005, the Company settled a lawsuit it filed against Corrections Facilities Development, LLC (“CFD”) seeking a declaratory judgment regarding the Company’s obligations pursuant to a consulting agreement, as amended, with CFD and the validity of that agreement under applicable law. CFD had filed certain counterclaims against the Company. The settlement of that lawsuit resulted in the dismissal of all claims and did not have a material adverse affect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Insurance Contingencies

Each of the Company’s management contracts and the statutes of certain states require the maintenance of insurance. The Company maintains various insurance policies including employee health, workers’ compensation, automobile liability and general liability insurance. These policies are fixed premium policies with various deductible amounts that are self-funded by the Company. Reserves are provided for estimated incurred claims within the deductible amounts.

Income Tax Contingencies

The Internal Revenue Service is currently auditing the Company’s federal income tax return for the taxable year ended December 31, 2002. The IRS has not completed the audit and therefore, results of the audit have not been determined. However, the Company does not believe the outcome of such audit will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

F-45


Table of Contents

Guarantees

Hardeman County Correctional Facilities Corporation (“HCCFC”) is a nonprofit, mutual benefit corporation organized under the Tennessee Nonprofit Corporation Act on November 17, 1995 to purchase, construct, improve, equip, finance, own and manage a detention facility located in Hardeman County, Tennessee. HCCFC was created as an instrumentality of Hardeman County to implement the County’s incarceration agreement with the state of Tennessee to house certain inmates.

During 1997, HCCFC issued $72.7 million of revenue bonds, which were primarily used for the construction of a 2,016-bed medium security correctional facility. In addition, HCCFC entered into a construction and management agreement with the Company in order to assure the timely and coordinated acquisition, construction, development, marketing and operation of the correctional facility.

HCCFC leases the correctional facility to Hardeman County in exchange for all revenue from the operation of the facility. HCCFC has, in turn, entered into a management agreement with the Company for the correctional facility.

In connection with the issuance of the revenue bonds, the Company is obligated, under a debt service deficit agreement, to pay the trustee of the bond’s trust indenture (the “Trustee”) amounts necessary to pay any debt service deficits consisting of principal and interest requirements (outstanding principal balance of $57.1 million at December 31, 2004 plus future interest payments), if there is any default. In addition, in the event the state of Tennessee, which is currently utilizing the facility to house certain inmates, exercises its option to purchase the correctional facility, the Company is also obligated to pay the difference between principal and interest owed on the bonds on the date set for the redemption of the bonds and amounts paid by the state of Tennessee for the facility plus all other funds on deposit with the Trustee and available for redemption of the bonds. Ownership of the facility reverts to the state of Tennessee in 2017 at no cost. Therefore, the Company does not currently believe the state of Tennessee will exercise its option to purchase the facility. At December 31, 2004, the outstanding principal balance of the bonds exceeded the purchase price option by $12.8 million. The Company also maintains a restricted cash account of $7.2 million as collateral against a guarantee it has provided for a forward purchase agreement related to the bond issuance.

Retirement Plan

All employees of the Company are eligible to participate in the Corrections Corporation of America 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) upon reaching age 18 and completing one year of qualified service. Eligible employees may contribute up to 20% of their eligible compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, the Company provided a discretionary matching contribution equal to 100% of the employee’s contributions up to 5% of the employee’s eligible compensation to employees with at least one thousand hours of employment in the plan year, and who were employed by the Company on the last day of the plan year. Employer contributions and investment earnings or losses thereon become vested 20% after two years of service, 40% after three years of service, 80% after four years of service, and 100% after five or more years of service.

During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, the Company’s discretionary contributions to the Plan, net of forfeitures, were $6.0 million, $4.7 million, and $4.3 million, respectively.

F-46


Table of Contents

Deferred Compensation Plans

During 2002, the compensation committee of the board of directors approved the Company’s adoption of two non-qualified deferred compensation plans (the “Deferred Compensation Plans”) for non-employee directors and for certain senior executives that elect not to participate in the Company’s 401(k) Plan. The Deferred Compensation Plans are unfunded plans maintained for the purpose of providing the Company’s directors and certain of its senior executives the opportunity to defer a portion of their compensation. Under the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plans, certain senior executives may elect to contribute on a pre-tax basis up to 50% of their base salary and up to 100% of their cash bonus, and non-employee directors may elect to contribute on a pre-tax basis up to 100% of their director retainer and meeting fees. The Company matches 100% of employee contributions up to 5% of total cash compensation. The Company also contributes a fixed rate of return on balances in the Deferred Compensation Plans, determined at the beginning of each plan year. Matching contributions and investment earnings thereon vest over a three-year period from the date of each contribution. Vesting provisions of the Plan were amended effective January 1, 2005 to conform with the vesting provisions of the Company’s 401(k) Plan for all matching contributions beginning in 2005. Distributions are generally payable no earlier than five years subsequent to the date an individual becomes a participant in the Plan, or upon termination of employment (or the date a director ceases to serve as a director of the Company), at the election of the participant, but not later than the fifteenth day of the month following the month the individual attains age 65.

During 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company provided a fixed return of 7.7%, 8.2% and 8.6%, respectively, to participants in the Deferred Compensation Plans. The Company has purchased life insurance policies on the lives of certain employees of the Company, which are intended to fund distributions from the Deferred Compensation Plans. The Company is the sole beneficiary of such policies. At the inception of the Deferred Compensation Plans, the Company established an irrevocable Rabbi Trust to secure the plans’ obligations. However, assets in the Deferred Compensation Plans are subject to creditor claims in the event of bankruptcy. During 2004, 2003 and 2002, the Company recorded $162,000, $184,000 and $45,000, respectively, of matching contributions as general and administrative expense associated with the Deferred Compensation Plans. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company’s liability related to the Deferred Compensation Plans was $1.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively, which was reflected in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets.

Employment and Severance Agreements

The Company currently has employment agreements with several of its executive officers which provide for the payment of certain severance amounts upon an event of termination or change of control, as further defined in the agreements.

18.   SEGMENT REPORTING

As of December 31, 2004, the Company owned and managed 39 correctional and detention facilities, and managed 25 correctional and detention facilities it does not own. Management views the Company’s operating results in two reportable segments: owned and managed correctional and detention facilities and managed-only correctional and detention facilities. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2. Owned and managed facilities include the operating results of those facilities owned and managed by the Company. Managed-only facilities include the operating results of those facilities owned by a third party and managed by the Company. The Company measures the operating performance of each facility within the

F-47


Table of Contents

above two reportable segments, without differentiation, based on facility contribution. The Company defines facility contribution as a facility’s operating income or loss from operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Since each of the Company’s facilities within the two reportable segments exhibit similar economic characteristics, provide similar services to governmental agencies, and operate under a similar set of operating procedures and regulatory guidelines, the facilities within the identified segments have been aggregated and reported as one reportable segment.

The revenue and facility contribution for the reportable segments and a reconciliation to the Company’s operating income is as follows for the three years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 (in thousands):

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
Revenue:
                       
Owned and managed
  $ 787,397     $ 732,465     $ 639,104  
Managed-only
    337,504       274,022       270,687  
 
                 
Total management revenue
    1,124,901       1,006,487       909,791  
 
                 
 
                       
Operating expenses:
                       
Owned and managed
    563,058       523,202       479,336  
Managed-only
    281,815       221,374       216,407  
 
                 
Total operating expenses
    844,873       744,576       695,743  
 
                 
 
                       
Facility contribution:
                       
Owned and managed
    224,339       209,263       159,768  
Managed-only
    55,689       52,648       54,280  
 
                 
Total facility contribution
    280,028       261,911       214,048  
 
                 
 
                       
Other revenue (expense):
                       
Rental and other revenue
    23,357       22,748       19,730  
Other operating expense
    (25,699 )     (21,892 )     (16,995 )
General and administrative expense
    (48,186 )     (40,467 )     (36,907 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (54,511 )     (52,930 )     (51,291 )
 
                 
Operating income
  $ 174,989     $ 169,370     $ 128,585  
 
                 

The following table summarizes capital expenditures for the reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002 (in thousands):

                         
    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2004     2003     2002  
Capital expenditures:
                       
Owned and managed
  $ 84,691     $ 60,523     $ 10,110  
Managed-only
    5,178       2,825       1,419  
Corporate and other
    40,899       28,843       5,411  
Discontinued operations
    3       4       157  
 
                 
Total capital expenditures
  $ 130,771     $ 92,195     $ 17,097  
 
                 

The assets for the reportable segments are as follows (in thousands):

                 
    December 31,  
    2004     2003  
Assets:
               
Owned and managed
  $ 1,672,463     $ 1,606,675  
Managed-only
    82,228       72,806  
Corporate and other
    267,660       277,044  
Discontinued operations
    727       2,503  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 2,023,078     $ 1,959,028  
 
           

F-48


Table of Contents

19.   SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

During February 2005, the Company announced that it received notification from the Indiana Department of Corrections of its intent to return to Indiana approximately 620 male Indiana inmates currently housed at the Company’s Otter Creek Correctional Center in Wheelwright, Kentucky. The Company is working with Indiana corrections officials on plans to return the inmates to the Indiana corrections system by the end of May 2005. The Company is pursuing opportunities with a number of potential customers, including the Kentucky Department of Corrections, to fill the vacant space. However, if the Company is unable to obtain a new agreement it intends to implement a phased closure of the Otter Creek facility that will coincide with the return of Indiana inmates.

During February 2005, the Company issued 182,966 shares of restricted common stock to the Company’s employees, with an aggregate value of $7.2 million. Unless earlier vested under the terms of the restricted stock, 93,890 shares issued to officers and executive officers are subject to vesting over a three year period based upon satisfaction of certain performance criteria for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007. No more than one third of such shares may vest in the first performance period; however, the performance criteria are cumulative for the three year period. Unless earlier vested under the terms of the restricted stock, the remaining 89,076 shares of restricted stock issued to certain other employees of the Company vest during 2008.

20.   SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Selected quarterly financial information for each of the quarters in the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

                                 
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    2004     2004     2004     2004  
 
                               
Revenue
  $ 276,811     $ 287,384     $ 290,276     $ 293,787  
Operating income
    42,649       44,046       43,252       45,042  
Income tax expense
    (9,975 )     (10,931 )     (9,038 )(1)     (12,182 )(2)
Income from continuing operations
    14,962       15,493       17,144       15,043  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    222       (69 )     (136 )     (116 )
Net income available to common stockholders
    14,370       14,776       17,008       14,927  
 
                               
Basic earnings per share:
                               
Income from continuing operations
    0.40       0.42       0.49       0.42  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    0.01                    
 
                       
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 0.41     $ 0.42     $ 0.49     $ 0.42  
 
                       
 
                               
Diluted earnings per share:
                               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.36     $ 0.38     $ 0.43     $ 0.38  
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    0.01                    
 
                       
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 0.37     $ 0.38     $ 0.43     $ 0.38  
 
                       

F-49


Table of Contents

                                 
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    2003     2003     2003     2003  
Revenue
  $ 248,485     $ 252,312     $ 261,515     $ 266,923  
Operating income
    42,508       40,941       41,204       44,717  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    170             (277 )     52,459 (3)
Income from continuing operations
    24,755       20,369       19,440       79,339  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (1,853 )     (139 )     (403 )     275  
Net income available to common stockholders
    17,422       12,140       18,201       78,758  
 
                               
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                               
Income from continuing operations
    0.70       0.38       0.54       2.26  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.07 )           (0.01 )     0.01  
 
                       
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 0.63     $ 0.38     $ 0.53     $ 2.27  
 
                       
 
                               
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 0.61     $ 0.34     $ 0.48     $ 2.00  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes
    (0.05 )           (0.01 )     0.01  
 
                       
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 0.56     $ 0.34     $ 0.47     $ 2.01  
 
                       


  (1)   Financial results for the third quarter of 2004 included income tax benefits netting $0.03 per diluted share primarily resulting from a change in estimated income taxes associated with certain financing transactions completed during 2003.
 
  (2)   Financial results for the fourth quarter of 2004 included income tax charges netting $0.03 per diluted share related to an assessment by the Internal Revenue Service of taxes associated with prior refunds received by the Company during 2002 and 2003, partially offset by a net income tax benefit for the implementation of tax planning strategies that are expected to reduce the Company’s future effective tax rate.
 
  (3)   See Note 12 for a further explanation of the income tax benefits recognized during the fourth quarter of 2003.

F-50

EXHIBIT 10.7 FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2004 This FIFTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (together with all Exhibits, Schedules and Annexes hereto, this "Amendment") is among CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a Maryland corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders (as defined below), DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as Syndication Agent, SOCIETE GENERALE, as Documentation Agent, and LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent"). PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS: A. The Borrower, the lenders party thereto (the "Lenders"), the Administrative Agent, Lehman Brothers Inc., as lead arranger and sole book-running manager, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and UBS Warburg LLC, as co-syndication agents, and Societe Generale, as documentation agent, have entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2002 (together with all Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules thereto and as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"; capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement; terms defined in Section 1 hereof are used herein as defined therein); B. The Borrower has advised the Lenders that (i) it intends to convert CCA of Tennessee, Inc., a Tennessee corporation ("CCA of Tennessee, Inc.") into a Tennessee limited liability company named CCA of Tennessee, LLC ("CCA of Tennessee, LLC"), (ii) it desires to create a new direct wholly-owned subsidiary, CCA Western Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("CCA Western"), which will be the direct parent of Properties III (CCA Properties of Arizona, LLC) as a result of the transfer to CCA Western of all the ownership interests of CCA of Tennessee, LLC in Properties III and (iii) Properties I (CCA Properties of America, LLC) desires to transfer the real property listed on Schedule A hereto to CCA Western, as such transfers are more particularly described on Schedule A and on such other terms and conditions as are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, that such transfers will be made subject to and subordinate to the Mortgages encumbering such real property (the "Additional Real Property Transfers"); and C. The Borrower desires to amend the Credit Agreement (i) to permit the Additional Real Property Transfers, (ii) to eliminate certain of the restrictions on the activities of the Properties Group Parties and (iii) to effect certain additional amendments as more fully described herein. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Amendments to Credit Agreement to be Effective on the Fifth Amendment Effective Date. (a) Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following definitions in the appropriate alphabetical position: "CCA Western": CCA Western Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation. "Fifth Amendment": the Fifth Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2004. "Fifth Amendment Effective Date": as defined in the Fifth Amendment. (b) The definition of "Operating Subsidiary" in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: ""Operating Subsidiaries": all Subsidiaries of the Borrower other than the Immaterial Subsidiaries." (c) The definition of "Properties Group Parties" in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: ""Properties Group Parties": collectively, Properties I, Properties II, Properties III, Properties IV and CCA Western." (d) The definition of "Real Property Transfers" in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety. (e) Section 4.15(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the word "First" in each place where such word appears and inserting the word "Fifth" in lieu thereof in each instance and (ii) replacing Schedule 4.15(c) with the new Schedule 4.15(c) attached hereto as Annex 1. (f) Section 4.19(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing Schedule 4.19(a)-1 with the new Schedule 4.19(a)-1 attached hereto as Annex 2. (g) Section 4.23(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the word "First" in each place where such word appears and inserting the word "Fifth" in lieu thereof in each instance and (ii) replacing Schedule 4.23(a) with the new Schedule 4.23(a) attached hereto as Annex 3. (h) Section 6.15 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: "6.15 Properties Group Parties. Maintain the ownership structure and percentages of each Properties Group Party as set forth in Schedule 4.15(c)." (i) Section 7.2(m) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the phrase "or any Subsidiary" immediately after the word "Borrower".

(j) Section 7.2(o) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "other than any Properties Group Party". (k) Section 7.2(r) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the phrase "other than the Properties Group Parties" immediately after the phrase "Operating Subsidiaries". (l) Section 7.4(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: "(c) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 7.4, no Properties Group Party may enter into any merger or consolidation with, or Dispose of any or all of its assets to, any Person other than the Borrower (directly or indirectly through the relevant intermediate Subsidiary of the Borrower) or another Properties Group Party, and any such Disposal of assets shall be subject to the continued perfection of the Administrative Agent's Liens on such assets in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents." (m) Section 7.5(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: "(b) Dispositions permitted by Sections 7.4(b), 7.4(c) and 7.11;" (n) Section 7.5(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows: "(c) the sale, issuance or transfer of any Subsidiary's Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, that the Capital Stock of any Properties Group Party may only be sold, issued or transferred to the Borrower (directly or indirectly through the relevant intermediate Subsidiary of the Borrower) or in the case of Properties III, to CCA Western, and in the case of Properties IV, to CCA of Tennessee, LLC." 2. Conditions to Effectiveness. The effectiveness of the amendments contained in Section 1 of this Amendment are conditioned upon satisfaction of the following conditions (the date on which all such conditions have been satisfied being referred to herein as the "Fifth Amendment Effective Date"): (a) (i) CCA Western shall have duly executed and delivered (1) an Assumption Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex 4 with respect to the Guarantee and Security Agreement and with respect to the Mortgages encumbering the Real Estate transferred to it, (2) a counterpart signature page to the Subordinated Intercompany Note and (3) any other documentation required under, or requested by the Administrative Agent pursuant to, Section 6.10 of the Credit Agreement or otherwise, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (any documentation delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this clause (i), the "New Loan Documents"), (ii) CCA of Tennessee, Inc. shall have complied with all applicable requirements of Section 5.6 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement with respect to the change of its legal name and structure to CCA of Tennessee, LLC and (iii) the Governing Documents of each

of CCA Western and CCA of Tennessee, LLC shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent; (b) all aspects of the Additional Real Property Transfers, and all documentation related thereto, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; (c) the Administrative Agent shall have received signed written authorization from the requisite Lenders to execute this Amendment, and shall have received counterparts of this Amendment signed by the Borrower and the other Agents, and counterparts of the consent of the Subsidiary Guarantors attached hereto as Annex 5 (the "Consent") executed by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors; (d) each of the representations and warranties in Section 3 below shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date; (e) the Administrative Agent shall have received a modified ALTA-11 endorsement from the Title Insurance Company for each of its mortgagee's title insurance policies relating to the Mortgages; (f) the Administrative Agent shall have received payment in immediately available funds of all expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, legal fees) for which invoices have been presented, on or before the Fifth Amendment Effective Date; (g) the Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions of (i) each of Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Miles & Stockbridge and Kaye Scholer LLP, counsel to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, regarding customary matters (including, without limitation, the enforceability of this Amendment, the Credit Agreement, as amended, and the New Loan Documents against all parties thereto, and no conflict with law or material agreements) and (ii) such local counsel as the Administrative Agent shall request regarding the continued enforceability of the Mortgages and other customary matters; (h) the Administrative Agent shall have received with respect to CCA Western (i) customary corporate, incumbency and closing certificates and (ii) satisfactory results of lien searches; and (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, instruments, certificates, opinions and approvals as it may reasonably request. 3. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows: (a) Authority. The Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Credit Agreement (as modified hereby). Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors has the requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute and deliver the Consent. CCA Western has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute the New Loan Documents. The execution, delivery and performance (i) by the Borrower of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as modified hereby) and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (ii) by the Subsidiary

Guarantors of the Consent and (iii) by CCA Western of the New Loan Documents, in each case, have been duly approved by all necessary corporate or other action of such Person, and no other corporate or other organizational proceedings on the part of each such Person are necessary to consummate such transactions. (b) Enforceability. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. The Consent has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Each of the New Loan Documents has been duly executed and delivered by CCA Western. Each of this Amendment, the Consent, the New Loan Documents and, after giving effect to this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (i) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party hereto and thereto (including, without limitation, as applicable, CCA Western), enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by laws relating to the enforcement of creditors' rights and general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and (ii) is in full force and effect. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment, of the Consent, of the New Loan Documents or of the Credit Agreement (as modified hereby), nor the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will adversely affect the validity, perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent's Lien on any of the Collateral or its ability to realize thereon. (c) Representations and Warranties. After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than any such representations and warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof. (d) No Conflicts. Neither the execution and delivery of this Amendment, the Consent, the New Loan Documents or the Credit Agreement (as modified hereby), nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, nor the performance of and compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by any Loan Party (including, without limitation, as applicable, CCA Western) will, at the time of such performance, (a) violate or conflict with any provision of its articles or certificate of incorporation or bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, (b) violate, contravene or materially conflict with any Requirement of Law or any other law, regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation U or Regulation X), order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or permit applicable to it, except for any violation, contravention or conflict which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) (i) violate, contravene or conflict with the contractual provisions of, or cause an event of default under, any Loan Document or (ii) violate, contravene or conflict with the contractual provisions of, or cause an event of default under any other loan agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it may be bound or (d) result in or require the creation of any Lien (other than those contemplated in or created in connection with the Loan Documents) upon or with respect to its properties. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (including, without limitation, the transfer of ownership of the Real Estate), except the filings referred to in the revised Schedule 4.19(a)-1 attached hereto. (e) No Default. Both before and after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

(f) Solvency. Each Subsidiary of the Borrower (including, without limitation, CCA Western) is, and after giving effect to (i) the Additional Real Property Transfers, (ii) the assumption of the obligations and liabilities by CCA Western of (x) a Guarantor and Grantor under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement and (y) a Grantor or Mortgagor under each of the Mortgages assumed by CCA Western (as contemplated in the Assumption Agreement executed by CCA Western) and (iii) the other transactions contemplated hereby, will be, Solvent. 4. Reference to and Effect on Credit Agreement. (a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to "the Credit Agreement", "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby. This Amendment is a Loan Document. (b) Except as specifically modified above, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Security Documents and all of the Collateral described therein do and shall continue to secure the payment of all Obligations under and as defined therein, in each case as modified hereby. (c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Secured Party under any of the Loan Documents, nor, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision of any of the Loan Documents. 5. RELIANCE. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the amendments and the Additional Real Property Transfers contemplated hereby are being consummated at the request of the Borrower, the Properties Group Parties and CCA Western, and in consenting and agreeing to this Amendment, the Lenders have relied upon (i) CCA Western becoming a Guarantor and a Grantor under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement and a Grantor or Mortgagor under any other applicable Security Documents, including, without limitation, the Mortgages assumed by CCA Western, (ii) the continuing validity, enforceability and first priority of the Liens created by the existing Mortgages in the Real Estate subject thereto notwithstanding the transfer of fee ownership of any such Real Estate to CCA Western, (iii) the Additional Real Property Transfers being consummated subject to and subordinate to the Mortgages and (iv) the non-release of the Borrower and Properties I from any of their respective obligations as Grantor or Mortgagor under the Security Documents, including without limitation, the Mortgages. 6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. 7. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or

unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. 8. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. [Signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first written above. CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, as Borrower By: /s/ John D. Ferguson --------------------------------------- Name: John D. Ferguson Title: Chief Executive Officer LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as Administrative Agent By: /s/ Frank P. Turner --------------------------------------- Name: Frank P. Turner Title: Senior Vice President DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as Syndication Agent By: /s/ David S. Bailey --------------------------------------- Name: David S. Bailey Title: Managing Director SOCIETE GENERALE, as Documentation Agent By: /s/ Anne-Marie Dumortier --------------------------------------- Name: Anne-Marie Dumortier Title: Vice President Certain Schedules and Annexes Intentionally Omitted

Annex 4 FORM OF ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of December 31, 2004, made by CCA Western Properties, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Additional Grantor"), in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent") for (i) the banks and other financial institutions and entities (the "Lenders") parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below, and (ii) the other Secured Parties (as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement (as hereinafter defined)). All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement. W I T N E S S E T H: - - - - - - - - - - WHEREAS, Corrections Corporation of America (the "Borrower"), the Lenders, Lehman Brothers Inc., as advisor, lead arranger and book manager, and, among others, the Administrative Agent have entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2002 (as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"); WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, the Borrower and certain of its Affiliates (other than the Additional Grantor) have entered into the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement (With Guarantee), dated as of May 3, 2002 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Guarantee and Security Agreement") in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; WHEREAS, the Credit Agreement requires the Additional Grantor to become a party to the Guarantee and Security Agreement; and WHEREAS, the Additional Grantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become a party to the Guarantee and Security Agreement; WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders consent to and agree to amend the Credit Agreement to provide, among other things, for the transfer of certain Real Estate of CCA Properties of America, LLC to the Additional Grantor; and WHEREAS, pursuant to the Fifth Amendment (as hereinafter defined), the Lenders have required that the Additional Grantor assume the obligations and liabilities of CCA Properties of America, LLC as grantor or mortgagor under certain Mortgages. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED: 1. Guarantee and Security Agreement. By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, the Additional Grantor, as provided in Section 8.14 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Security Agreement as a Grantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a

Grantor thereunder. The information set forth in Schedule A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in the Schedules to the Guarantee and Security Agreement, as more specifically set forth in Schedule A. The Additional Grantor hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Security Agreement is true and correct on and as the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date. 2. Assumption of Certain Mortgage Liabilities. Reference is made to the Mortgages: (a) The Additional Grantor hereby assumes all of the obligations and liabilities, as well as all of the representations, warranties and covenants, of the Grantor or Mortgagor (each as defined in the respective Mortgages), as the case may be, arising under or with respect to each Mortgage set forth on Schedule B hereto. (b) The Additional Grantor specifically understands that each such Mortgage shall secure all obligations and liabilities arising under this Assumption Agreement and the Guarantee and Security Agreement as incorporated herein by reference. Each Additional Grantor agrees that "Event of Default," as used in the Mortgages, shall include, without limitation, any default arising under this Agreement or in the Guarantee and Security Agreement, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied. (c) The Additional Grantor hereby designates the following substitute address for all notices or communications given under the Mortgages described below: c/o Corrections Corporation of America 10 Burton Hills Boulevard Nashville, Tennessee 37215 3. Reliance. The Additional Grantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the amendments and the Additional Real Property Transfers contemplated in the Fifth Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2004 (the "Fifth Amendment") are being consummated at the request of the Borrower, the Properties Group Parties and the Additional Grantor, and in consenting and agreeing to the Fifth Amendment, the Lenders have relied upon (i) the Additional Grantor becoming a Guarantor and a Grantor under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement and a Grantor or Mortgagor under any other applicable Security Documents, including, without limitation, the Mortgages assumed by the Additional Grantor, (ii) the continuing validity, enforceability and first priority of the Liens created by the existing Mortgages in the Real Estate subject thereto notwithstanding the transfer of fee ownership of any such Real Estate to the Additional Grantor, (iii) the Additional Real Property Transfers being consummated subject to and subordinate to the Mortgages and (iv) the non-release of the Borrower and CCA Properties of America, LLC from any of their respective obligations as Grantor or Mortgagor under the Security Documents, including without limitation, the Mortgages.

4. GOVERNING LAW. THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. [Signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written. CCA WESTERN PROPERTIES, INC. By: /s/ John D. Ferguson ------------------------------ Name: John D. Ferguson Title: Chief Executive Officer Schedules Intentionally Omitted

Annex 5 CONSENT OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS Each of the undersigned is a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and hereby (a) consents to the foregoing Amendment, (b) acknowledges that notwithstanding the execution and delivery of the foregoing Amendment, the obligations of each of the undersigned Subsidiary Guarantors are not impaired or affected and all guaranties given to the holders of Obligations and all Liens granted as security for the Obligations continue in full force and effect, and (c) confirms and ratifies its obligations under the Guarantee and Security Agreement and each other Loan Document executed by it. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Amendment to which this Consent is attached or in the Credit Agreement referred to therein, as applicable. Each of the undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that the amendments and the Additional Real Property Transfers contemplated in the foregoing Amendment are being consummated at the request of the Borrower, the Properties Group Parties and CCA Western, and in consenting and agreeing to the foregoing Amendment, the Lenders have relied upon (i) CCA Western becoming a Guarantor and a Grantor under and as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement and a Grantor or Mortgagor under any other applicable Security Documents, including, without limitation, the Mortgages assumed by CCA Western, (ii) the continuing validity, enforceability and first priority of the Liens created by the existing Mortgages in the Real Estate subject thereto notwithstanding the transfer of fee ownership of any such Real Estate to CCA Western, (iii) the Additional Real Property Transfers being consummated subject to and subordinate to the Mortgages and (iv) the non-release of the Borrower and CCA Properties of America, LLC from any of their respective obligations as Grantor or Mortgagor under the Security Documents, including without limitation, the Mortgages. This Consent shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. [Signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed and delivered this Consent of Subsidiary Guarantors as of December 31, 2004. CCA OF TENNESSEE, LLC PRISON REALTY MANAGEMENT, INC. TECHNICAL AND BUSINESS INSTITUTE OF AMERICA, INC. CCA INTERNATIONAL, INC. CCA PROPERTIES OF AMERICA, LLC CCA PROPERTIES OF ARIZONA, LLC CCA PROPERTIES OF TENNESSEE, LLC CCA WESTERN PROPERTIES, INC. By /s/ John D. Ferguson ------------------------------------ Name: John D. Ferguson Title: Chief Executive Officer CCA PROPERTIES OF TEXAS, L.P. By /s/ John D. Ferguson ------------------------------------ Name: John D. Ferguson Title: Chief Executive Officer, CCA Properties of America, LLC, as General Partner TRANSCOR AMERICA LLC By /s/ Todd J. Mullenger ------------------------------------ Name: Todd J. Mullenger Title: Vice President, Treasurer

EXHIBIT 10.8 SIXTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 23, 2005 This SIXTH AMENDMENT TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (together with all Exhibits, Schedules and Annexes hereto, this "Amendment") is among CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a Maryland corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders (as defined below), including each Issuing Lender, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as Syndication Agent, SOCIETE GENERALE, as Documentation Agent, and LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent"). PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS: A. The Borrower, the lenders party thereto (the "Lenders"), the Administrative Agent, Lehman Brothers Inc., as lead arranger and sole book-running manager, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and UBS Warburg LLC, as co-syndication agents, and Societe Generale, as documentation agent, have entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2002 (together with all Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules thereto and as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"; capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement; terms defined in Section 1 hereof are used herein as defined therein); and B. The Borrower desires to amend the Credit Agreement to permit Letters of Credit to expire after the Revolving Credit Termination Date, and the Agents, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement to permit Letters of Credit to expire after the Revolving Credit Termination Date upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT TO BE EFFECTIVE ON THE SIXTH AMENDMENT EFFECTIVE DATE. (a) Section 3.1(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in Section 3.4(a), agrees to issue standby letters of credit ("Letters of Credit") for the account of the Borrower on any Business Day prior to the date that is five Business Days prior to the Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided that the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Commitment or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Credit Commitments would be less than zero. Each Letter of Credit shall (i) be denominated in Dollars and (ii) expire no later than the earlier of (x) the first anniversary of its date of

issuance and (y) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (y) above). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuing Lender agrees to issue Letters of Credit with an expiration date later than the date specified in the immediately preceding sentence (but no later than one year from the date of issuance thereof) in reliance upon the Borrower's agreement to cash collateralize such Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 10.15(c) by the date that is 30 days prior to the Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date, and the Borrower so agrees to cash collateralize such Letters of Credit by such date, it being understood that until the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other Obligations under the Loan Documents are paid in full, the Commitments have been terminated and no other Letters of Credit shall be outstanding, such cash collateral shall be subject to the rights of each other Lender under Section 10.7. (b) Section 8(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: (a) The Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof, or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, or any Loan Party shall fail to pay any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof, or the Borrower shall fail to cash collateralize any Letter of Credit expiring after the Scheduled Revolving Credit Termination Date in accordance with Sections 3.1(a) and 10.15(c); or (c) Section 10.15 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new paragraph (c) at the end thereof: (c) For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, a Letter of Credit shall be deemed not to be outstanding if (i) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other Obligations under the Loan Documents shall have been paid in full and the Commitments have been terminated and (ii) the Borrower has either (x) supported such Letter of Credit, on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the corresponding Issuing Lender, with another letter of credit from a financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Lender or (y) provided the Issuing Lender with cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% of the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. The Issuing Lender hereby acknowledges and agrees that if a Letter of Credit has been supported with another letter or credit or cash collateralized as provided in this Section, all obligations of the Lenders with respect to such Letters of Credit shall terminate, including the obligations of the Lenders to purchase participations in such Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4 and the obligations of the Lenders to make Revolving Loans pursuant to Sections 2.4, 2.5 and 3.5. 2. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS. The effectiveness of the amendments contained in Section 1 of this Amendment are conditioned upon satisfaction of the following conditions (the date on which all such conditions have been satisfied being referred to herein as the "Sixth Amendment Effective Date"): 2

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received signed written authorization from the requisite Lenders to execute this Amendment, and shall have received counterparts of this Amendment signed by the Borrower, the Issuing Lender and the other Agents, and counterparts of the consent of the Subsidiary Guarantors attached hereto as Annex 1 (the "Consent") executed by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors; (b) each of the representations and warranties in Section 3 below shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Sixth Amendment Effective Date; (c) the Administrative Agent shall have received payment in immediately available funds of all expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, legal fees) for which invoices have been presented on or before the Sixth Amendment Effective Date; and (d) the Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, instruments, certificates, opinions and approvals as it may reasonably request. 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as follows: (a) Authority. The Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Credit Agreement (as modified hereby). Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors has the requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute and deliver the Consent. The execution, delivery and performance (i) by the Borrower of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement (as modified hereby) and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and (ii) by the Subsidiary Guarantors of the Consent, in each case, have been duly approved by all necessary corporate or other action of such Person, and no other corporate or other organizational proceedings on the part of each such Person are necessary to consummate such transactions. (b) Enforceability. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower. The Consent has been duly executed and delivered by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Each of this Amendment and the Consent and, after giving effect to this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (i) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party hereto and thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by laws relating to the enforcement of creditors' rights and general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) and (ii) is in full force and effect. Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment, of the Consent or of the Credit Agreement (as modified hereby), nor the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will adversely affect the validity, perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent's Lien on any of the Collateral or its ability to realize thereon. (c) Representations and Warranties. After giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than any such representations and warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof. 3

(d) No Conflicts. Neither the execution and delivery of this Amendment, the Consent or the Credit Agreement (as modified hereby), nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, nor the performance of and compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by any Loan Party will, at the time of such performance, (a) violate or conflict with any provision of its articles or certificate of incorporation or bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, (b) violate, contravene or materially conflict with any Requirement of Law or any other law, regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation U or Regulation X), order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or permit applicable to it, except for any violation, contravention or conflict which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) (i) violate, contravene or conflict with the contractual provisions of, or cause an event of default under, any Loan Document or (ii) violate, contravene or conflict with the contractual provisions of, or cause an event of default under, any other loan agreement, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contract or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it may be bound or (d) result in or require the creation of any Lien (other than those contemplated in or created in connection with the Loan Documents) upon or with respect to its properties. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. (e) No Default. Both before and after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default. 4. REFERENCE TO AND EFFECT ON CREDIT AGREEMENT. (a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to "the Credit Agreement", "thereunder", "thereof" or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified hereby. This Amendment is a Loan Document. (b) Except as specifically modified above, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Security Documents and all of the Collateral described therein do and shall continue to secure the payment of all Obligations under and as defined therein, in each case as modified hereby. (c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Secured Party under any of the Loan Documents, nor, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver or amendment of any provision of any of the Loan Documents. 5. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. 6. SEVERABILITY. Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or 4

unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. 7. GOVERNING LAW. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. [Signature page follows] 5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first written above. CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, as Borrower By: /s/ Irving E. Lingo, Jr. --------------------------------- Name: Irving E. Lingo, Jr. Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as Administrative Agent By: /s/ Ritam Bhalla ---------------------------------- Name: Ritam Bhalla Title: Authorized Signatory DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as Syndication Agent By: /s/ David S. Bailey ---------------------------------- Name: David S. Bailey Title: Managing Director SOCIETE GENERALE, as Documentation Agent By: /s/ Anne-Marie Dumortier ---------------------------------- Name: Anne-Marie Dumortier Title: Director

Annex 1 CONSENT OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS Each of the undersigned is a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and hereby (a) consents to the foregoing Amendment, (b) acknowledges that notwithstanding the execution and delivery of the foregoing Amendment, the obligations of each of the undersigned Subsidiary Guarantors are not impaired or affected and all guaranties given to the holders of Obligations and all Liens granted as security for the Obligations continue in full force and effect, and (c) confirms and ratifies its obligations under the Guarantee and Security Agreement and each other Loan Document executed by it. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Amendment to which this Consent is attached or in the Credit Agreement referred to therein, as applicable. This Consent shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. [Signature page follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed and delivered this Consent of Subsidiary Guarantors as of February 23, 2005. CCA OF TENNESSEE, LLC PRISON REALTY MANAGEMENT, INC. TECHNICAL AND BUSINESS INSTITUTE OF AMERICA, INC. CCA INTERNATIONAL, INC. CCA PROPERTIES OF AMERICA, LLC CCA PROPERTIES OF ARIZONA, LLC CCA PROPERTIES OF TENNESSEE, LLC CCA WESTERN PROPERTIES, INC. By: /s/ John D. Ferguson ---------------------------------- Name: John D. Ferguson Title: Chief Executive Officer CCA PROPERTIES OF TEXAS, L.P. By: /s/ John D. Ferguson ---------------------------------- Name: John D. Ferguson Title: Chief Executive Officer, CCA Properties of America, LLC, as General Partner TRANSCOR AMERICA LLC By: /s/ Todd J. Mullenger ---------------------------------- Name: Todd J. Mullenger Title: Vice President, Treasurer

EXHIBIT 10.17 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT This NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made this ___ day of ____________, ____, by and between CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA, a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and _________________________, a resident of ____________ (the "Optionee"). W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, the Company has assumed and adopted the Corrections Corporation of America 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan, as amended (the "Plan"), which authorizes the Company to grant, among other things, non-qualified stock options ("Options") to key employees of the Company and/or its affiliates; and WHEREAS, the Company and Optionee wish to confirm the terms and conditions of an Option granted to Optionee on __________, _____ (the "Date of Grant"). NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is agreed between the parties hereto as follows: 1. Definitions. Except as provided in this Agreement, or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used herein shall have the same meaning as in the Plan. 2. Grant of Option. Upon and subject to the terms, restrictions, limitations and conditions stated herein, the Company hereby grants to Optionee an Option to purchase up to __________ shares of the Company's Common Stock (collectively, the "Option Shares"). 3. Option Price. The purchase price per Option Share shall be $_____ (the "Option Price"). 4. Exercise; Vesting; Forfeiture. (i) Except as otherwise provided herein, Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option, if and to the extent the Option has vested in accordance with subparagraphs (iii) and (iv) below, at any time during the ten-year period commencing on the Date of Grant; provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (iv) below, Optionee may not exercise the Option unless Optionee is on the date of exercise and continuously after the Date of Grant an employee of: (a) the Company; (b) a Subsidiary; (c) an Affiliate of the Company; or (d) a corporation issuing or assuming the Option in a transaction to which Section 424 of the Code applies (or a Subsidiary of such corporation) ((a), (b), (c) and (d) known collectively, herein, as the "Employer"). (ii) The Option shall be exercised by giving written notice of such exercise to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A; provided, however, that an Option may not be exercised at any one time as to fewer than one hundred (100) shares (or such number of shares as to which the Option is then exercisable if such number of shares is less than one hundred (100)). The Option Price shall be paid or satisfied in full, at the time of exercise, in cash, in shares of Common

Stock owned by Optionee for at least six months having a Fair Market Value equal to such Option Price or in a combination of cash and such shares of Common Stock. In addition, payment may also be made in whole or in part in the form of an option to acquire Common Stock or in the form of another award (based, in each case, on the Fair Market Value of such option or Award on the date the Option is exercised, as determined by the Committee). (iii) Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (iv) below, the Option shall vest with respect to __________ of the Option Shares on each Vesting Date (as herein defined). For purposes hereof, the term "Vesting Date" shall mean each of the following _____ dates: ___________________________. (iv) In the event that: (a) Optionee dies while in the employ of the Employer or within three (3) months after the termination of employment with Employer for any reason; or (b) Optionee's employment with the Employer terminates by reason of Optionee's Disability or Retirement, then in any such case the Option shall vest in full and may be, unless earlier terminated or expired, exercised by Optionee (or by Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Option by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by reason of the death or Disability of Optionee) at any time during the stated term of the Option. In the event that there occurs a Change of Control, then in such case the Option shall vest in full and, unless earlier terminated or expired, may be exercised by Optionee (or by Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Option by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by reason of the death or Disability of Optionee) within one (1) year following the Change in Control. Subject to the first sentence of this subparagraph (iv), in the event that Optionee's employment with the Employer terminates other than by reason of Optionee's death, Disability or Retirement, then the Option, to the extent the Option has vested and unless it earlier terminates or expires, may be exercised within three (3) months following the termination of such employment, with the unvested portion of the Option being forfeited. Nothing in this Agreement or in any Option granted pursuant hereto shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service of the Employer or interfere in any way with the right of the Employer to terminate Optionee's employment at any time. 5. Option and Option Shares Subject to Plan. The Option and the Option Shares shall be subject to, and the Company and Optionee agree to be bound by, all of the terms and conditions of the Plan, as the same shall be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. A copy of the Plan, as amended, is attached hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof as if fully set out herein. 6. Covenants and Representations of Optionee. Optionee represents, warrants, covenants and agrees with the Company as follows: (i) Optionee is not acquiring the Option Shares based upon any representation, oral or written, by any person with respect to the future value of, or income from, the Option Shares but rather upon an independent examination and judgment as to the prospects of the Company; (ii) Optionee is able to bear the economic risks of the investment in the Option Shares, including the risk of a complete loss of his or her investment therein; (iii) Optionee understands and agrees that the Option Shares may be issued and sold to Optionee without registration under any state law relating to the registration of securities for

sale, and in such event will be issued and sold in reliance on exemptions from registration under appropriate state laws; (iv) The Option Shares cannot be offered for sale, sold or transferred by Optionee other than pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Plan and: (A) an effective registration under applicable state securities laws or in a transaction which is otherwise in compliance with such laws; (B) an effective registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), or in a transaction otherwise in compliance with the 1933 Act; and (C) evidence satisfactory to the Company of compliance with the securities laws of all applicable jurisdictions. The Company shall be entitled to rely upon an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it with respect to compliance with the foregoing laws; (v) The Company will be under no obligation to register (or maintain the registration of) the Option Shares or to comply with any exemption available for sale of the Option Shares without registration. The Company is under no obligation to act in any manner so as to make Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act available with respect to sales of the Option Shares; (vi) A legend indicating that the Option Shares have not been registered under the applicable state securities laws and referring to any applicable restrictions on transferability and sale of the Option Shares may be placed on the certificate or certificates delivered to Optionee and any transfer agent of the Company may be instructed to require compliance therewith; (vii) Optionee realizes that the purchase of the Option Shares is a speculative investment and that any possible profit therefrom is uncertain; (viii) Optionee will notify the Company prior to any sale of the Option Shares within one year of the date of the exercise of all or any portion of the Option; and (ix) The agreements, representations, warranties and covenants made by Optionee herein extend to and apply to all of the Common Stock of the Company issued to Optionee from time to time pursuant to this Option. Acceptance by Optionee of the certificate(s) representing such Common Stock shall constitute a confirmation by Optionee that all such agreements, representations, warranties and covenants made herein shall be true and correct at such time. 7. Withholding. If Optionee recognizes compensation income as a result of the exercise of the Option granted hereunder, Optionee shall remit in cash to the Company the minimum amount of federal and state income and employment tax withholding which the Company is required to remit to the Internal Revenue Service or applicable state department of revenue in accordance with the then current provisions of the Code or applicable state law. Optionee shall pay the full amount of such withholding simultaneously with the exercise of the Option or upon the occurrence of any other event that results in the recognition of compensation income by Optionee. The failure by Optionee to remit the full amount of withholding due may, in the discretion of the Company, result in the forfeiture of the related benefit notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement. 8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof; provided, however, the Option may not be exercised except, in the reasonable judgment of the Committee, in compliance with exemptions under applicable state securities laws of the state in which Optionee resides, and/or any other applicable securities laws.

9. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefits of the heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the parties. 10. Notice. Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the proposed recipient at the last known address of such recipient. Any party may designate any other address to which notices shall be sent by giving notice of such address to the other parties in the same manner provided herein. 11. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein. 12. Entire Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Agreement expresses the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to such terms, restrictions and limitations. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed and original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. 13. Violation. Any transfer, pledge, sale, assignment or hypothecation of the Option except in accordance with this Agreement shall be a violation of the terms hereof and shall be void and without effect. 14. Headings. Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in interpreting this Agreement. 15. Specific Performance. In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement, the party or parties who are thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunction in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. 16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the signatures of each of the parties hereto, or to a counterpart of this Agreement, and all such counterparts shall collectively constitute one Agreement. Facsimile signatures shall constitute original signatures for purposes of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first set forth above. CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA By: ---------------------------------- Title: -------------------------------

OPTIONEE: Signature: ---------------------------- Name (printed): -----------------------

EXHIBIT A FORM OF EXERCISE NOTICE

EXERCISE NOTICE FOR OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA GRANTED PURSUANT TO THE CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA 1997 EMPLOYEE SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN Corrections Corporation of America: The undersigned, the holder of an option (the "Option") to purchase an aggregate of ______ shares of the common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), of Corrections Corporation of America, a Maryland corporation (the "Corporation"), granted pursuant to the Corrections Corporation of America 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan and hereby makes payable in full therefor: (i) $_____________ cash; (ii) _____________ shares of Common Stock; (iii) Options to purchase _____________ shares of Common Stock; or (iv) such other award consisting of _____________________________; and requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of and delivered to _________________ whose address is ______________________________; and if such shares shall not include all of the shares issuable under said Option, that a new option of like tenor and date for the balance of the shares issuable thereunder be delivered to the undersigned. A copy of the agreement representing the Option is provided herewith. OPTIONEE: Signature: ------------------------- Name (printed): --------------------

EXHIBIT B CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA 1997 EMPLOYEE SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

. . . EXHIBIT 21 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA First Tier Subsidiaries: CCA of Tennessee, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company Prison Realty Management, Inc., a Tennessee corporation CCA Properties of America, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company CCA Properties of Texas, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership CCA Western Properties, Inc., a Tennessee corporation Second Tier Subsidiaries: CCA Properties of Arizona, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company CCA Properties of Tennessee, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company CCA International, Inc., a Delaware corporation Technical and Business Institutes of America, Inc., a Tennessee corporation TransCor America, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company TransCor Puerto Rico, Inc., a Puerto Rico corporation CCA (UK) Ltd., a United Kingdom corporation Viccor Investments PTY. LTD., a Victoria (Australia) corporation

EXHIBIT 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements: Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-70625) pertaining to the Corrections Corporation of America (formerly Prison Realty Trust) Amended and Restated 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan, Registration Statement (Form S-4 No. 333-41778) pertaining to the merger of Corrections Corporation of America, a Tennessee corporation, with and into CCA of Tennessee, Inc., Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-69352) pertaining to the Corrections Corporation of America Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-115492) pertaining to the registration of additional shares for the Corrections Corporation of America Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-115493) pertaining to the Corrections Corporation of America Non-Employee Directors' Compensation Plan, Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-69358) pertaining to the Corrections Corporation of America 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan, and Registration Statement (Form S-3/A No. 333-104240) pertaining to a shelf registration of debt securities, guarantees of debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, or warrants, and pertaining to certain shares of common stock registered on behalf of a selling shareholder; of our reports dated March 4, 2005, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries, Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries' management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2004. /s/ Ernst & Young LLP --------------------- Ernst & Young LLP Nashville, Tennessee March 4, 2005

EXHIBIT 31.1 CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13A-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, John D. Ferguson, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Corrections Corporation of America; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 7, 2005 /s/ John D. Ferguson ------------------------------------- John D. Ferguson President and Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2 CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13A-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Irving E. Lingo, Jr., certify that: 1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Corrections Corporation of America; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statement made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 7, 2005 /s/ Irving E. Lingo, Jr. -------------------------------------- Irving E. Lingo, Jr. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Corrections Corporation of America (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, John D. Ferguson, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. /s/ John D. Ferguson ------------------------------------- John D. Ferguson President and Chief Executive Officer March 7, 2005

EXHIBIT 32.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Corrections Corporation of America (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Irving E. Lingo, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. /s/ Irving E. Lingo, Jr. ----------------------------------- Irving E. Lingo, Jr. Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer March 7, 2005